2009 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual M - GenVibe and Restraints Front Seats Manual Seats1-2 Seat Height Adjuster1-2 Reclining Seatbacks1-3 Passenger Folding Seatback1-4 Head Restraints1-6

Seats and Restraints ......... 1-1Front Seats .................... 1-2Rear Seats .................... 1-7Safety Belts ................... 1-8Airbag System .............. 1-21Child Restraints ............. 1-36

Keys, Doors andWindows ............................ 2-1

Keys ............................. 2-2Doors and Locks ............ 2-6Theft-Deterrent Systems ... 2-9Windows ...................... 2-12Mirrors ......................... 2-13Sunroof ........................ 2-14

Storage .............................. 3-1Storage ......................... 3-1

Instruments andControls ............................. 4-1

Instrument PanelOverview .................... 4-2

Warning Lights, Gages,and Indicators ............ 4-11

OnStar® System ............ 4-25

Lighting ............................. 5-1Lighting ......................... 5-1

Infotainment ...................... 6-1Audio System(s) ............. 6-1

Climate Controls ............... 7-1Climate Controls ............. 7-1

Driving and Operating ....... 8-1Starting and Operating

Your Vehicle ............... 8-2Driving Your Vehicle ...... 8-17Fuel ............................ 8-36

Vehicle Serviceand Care ............................ 9-1

Service .......................... 9-2Owner Checks ................ 9-5Headlamp Aiming .......... 9-30Bulb Replacement ......... 9-31Electrical System ........... 9-35Tires ........................... 9-41Tire Changing ............... 9-61

Jump Starting ............... 9-71Towing ........................ 9-75Appearance Care .......... 9-83

Technical Data ................. 10-1Vehicle Identification ...... 10-1Capacities and

Specifications ............ 10-2Normal Maintenance

Replacement Parts ..... 10-4

Service andMaintenance ..................... 11-1

Service andMaintenance .............. 11-1

Customer Information ...... 12-1Customer Information ..... 12-1Reporting Safety

Defects ................... 12-15Vehicle Data Recording

and Privacy ............. 12-17

Index ....................................i-1

2009 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual M

2009 - Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GMEmblem, PONTIAC, the PONTIACEmblem and the name VIBEare registered trademarks ofGeneral Motors Corporation.

This manual includes the latestinformation at the time it was printed.GM reserves the right to makechanges after that time without

further notice. For vehicles firstsold in Canada, substitute the name“General Motors of Canada Limited”for Pontiac Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes featuresthat may or may not be onyour specific vehicle.

Read this manual from beginning toend to learn about the vehicle’sfeatures and controls. Pictures,symbols, and words work togetherto explain vehicle operation.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian OwnersA French language copy of thismanual can be obtained from yourdealer/retailer or from:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

1-800-551-4123helminc.com

Propriétaires CanadiensOn peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès deconcessionnaire ou à l’adressesuivante:

Helm IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

1-800-551-4123helminc.com

ii Preface

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 25823089 B Second Printing ©2008 General Motors Corporation. All Rights Reserved.


IndexTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle use the Index in the backof the manual. It is an alphabeticallist of what is in the manual and thepage number where it can be found.

Cautions and Notices

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen.”

A box with the word CAUTION isused to tell about things that couldhurt you or others if you were toignore the warning.

{ CAUTION

These mean there is somethingthat could hurt you or other people.

Cautions tell what the hazard is andwhat to do to avoid or reduce thehazard. Read these cautions.

A notice tells about something thatcan damage the vehicle.

Notice: These mean there issomething that could damageyour vehicle.

Many times, this damage would notbe covered by the vehicle’s warranty,and it could be costly. The noticetells what to do to help avoid thedamage.

There are also warning labels onthe vehicle which use the samewords, CAUTION or Notice.

Preface iii


✍ NOTES

iv Preface


Seats andRestraints

Front SeatsManual Seats .....................1-2Seat Height Adjuster ...........1-2Reclining Seatbacks ...........1-3Passenger FoldingSeatback ...........................1-4

Head Restraints ..................1-6

Rear SeatsRear Seat Operation ...........1-7

Safety BeltsSafety Belts ........................1-8How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly ..........................1-11

Lap-Shoulder Belt .............1-16Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy .......................1-19

Safety Belt Extender .........1-19Safety Belt Check .............1-20Care of Safety Belts .........1-20Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts After aCrash ..............................1-20

Airbag SystemAirbag System ..................1-21Where Are the Airbags? ....1-23When Should an AirbagInflate? ............................1-24

What Makes an AirbagInflate? ............................1-26

How Does an AirbagRestrain? ........................1-26

What Will You See Afteran Airbag Inflates? ..........1-26

Passenger SensingSystem ............................1-28

Servicing YourAirbag-EquippedVehicle ............................1-33

Adding Equipment toYour Airbag-EquippedVehicle ............................1-34

Airbag System Check .......1-35Replacing Airbag SystemParts After a Crash .........1-35

Child RestraintsOlder Children ..................1-36Infants and YoungChildren ..........................1-38

Child Restraint Systems ....1-41Where to Put theRestraint .........................1-43

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH) ..........................1-44

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash .........1-49

Securing Child Restraints(Right Front Seat) ...........1-50

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seats) ...................1-53

Seats and Restraints 1-1


Front Seats

Manual Seats

{ CAUTION

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust amanual driver’s seat while thevehicle is moving. The suddenmovement could startle andconfuse you, or make you push apedal when you do not want to.Adjust the driver’s seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To move a manual seat forward orrearward:

1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the bar.

Try to move the seat to be sure it islocked in place.

Seat Height Adjuster

The driver seat height adjuster islocated on the outboard side of theseat. To raise or lower the seat,pull up or push down on the leverrepeatedly until the seat is atthe desired height.

1-2 Seats and Restraints


Reclining Seatbacks

{ CAUTION

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust amanual driver’s seat while thevehicle is moving. The suddenmovement could startle andconfuse you, or make you push apedal when you do not want to.Adjust the driver’s seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

{ CAUTION

If the seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatback to be sure it is locked.

{ CAUTION

Sitting in a reclined position whenyour vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even if you buckle up,your safety belts cannot do theirjob when you are reclined like this.

The shoulder belt cannot do its jobbecause it will not be against yourbody. Instead, it will be in front ofyou. In a crash, you could go intoit, receiving neck or other injuries.

The lap belt cannot do its jobeither. In a crash, the belt could goup over your abdomen. The beltforces would be there, not at yourpelvic bones. This could causeserious internal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear yoursafety belt properly.



On vehicles with manual recliningseatbacks the lever used to operatethem is located on the outboardside of the seat.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the recline lever.

2. Move the seatback to the desiredposition, then release the lever tolock the seatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully, withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Passenger FoldingSeatback

{ CAUTION

If you fold the seatback forward tocarry longer objects, such as skis,be sure any such cargo is notnear an airbag. In a crash, aninflating airbag might force thatobject toward a person. Thiscould cause severe injury or evendeath. Secure objects away fromthe area in which an airbag wouldinflate. For more information, seeWhere Are the Airbags? onpage 1-23 and Loading theVehicle on page 8-32.



{ CAUTION

Things you put on this seatbackcan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.Remove or secure all itemsbefore driving.

On vehicles with this feature, theseatback folds down to allowfor more cargo space. When thearea is not being used for morecargo space or as a temporary table,put the seatback in the locked,upright position. Only adjust the seatwhen the vehicle is not moving.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Move the seat rearward.

2. Lower the head restraint to thelowest position and make surethe seatback is at the mostupright position and locked.

3. Pull up on one of the leverslocated on either side of the backof the passenger seatback.

4. Fold the seatback down.

To raise the seatback:

1. Pull up on one of the leverslocated on either side of the backof the passenger’s seatback.

2. Pull the seatback up and push itback to lock it into place. Makesure the safety belt is not twistedor caught in the seatback.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it islocked into position.

4. Use the reclining front seatbacklever to adjust the seatback to acomfortable position.



Head RestraintsThe front seats have adjustablehead restraints. The rear seats haveadjustable headrests in all seatingpositions.

{ CAUTION

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for alloccupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant’shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Pull the head restraint up toraise it.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top ofthe seatback, and push therestraint down.



Push down on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The head restraints are notdesigned to be removed.

Always raise the rear center headrest at least one position when thereis a passenger seated there.

Active Head Restraint SystemThe vehicle has an active headrestraint system in the front seatingpositions. These automatically tiltforward to reduce the risk ofneck injury if the vehicle is hitfrom behind.

Rear Seats

Rear Seat OperationYou can fold either side of theseatback down. The rear right sideseatback can also be used as atemporary table while the vehicle isstopped.

{ CAUTION

A rear seatback folded forward, orany other object contacting orpressing the front seatback mayaffect the proper functioning of thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 1-28.

To fold either seatback down:

1. Move the front seat forward andthe seatback to the uprightposition.

2. Move the headrests all theway down.

3. Pull up on the lock release knob,located on the top outboard sideof the seatback.

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

4. Fold the seatback down.



To raise the seatback:

1. Pull the seatback up and push itback to lock it into place. Thesafety belts should not be twistedor caught in the seatback.

{ CAUTION

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt couldbe seriously injured. After raisingthe rear seatback, always checkto be sure that the safety beltsare properly routed and attached,and are not twisted.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to check that it is lockedinto position.

{ CAUTION

If the seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatback to be sure it is locked.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manual describeshow to use safety belts properly.It also describes some things not todo with safety belts.

{ CAUTION

Do not let anyone ride wherea safety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, the injuries can bemuch worse. You can hit thingsinside the vehicle harder or beejected from the vehicle. Youand your passenger(s) can beseriously injured or killed. In thesame crash, you might not be, ifyou are buckled up. Always fastenyour safety belt, and check thatyour passenger(s) are restrainedproperly too.



{ CAUTION

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled. Do not allow people to ridein any area of your vehicle thatis not equipped with seats andsafety belts. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and usinga safety belt properly.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 4-14 for additional information.

In most states and in all Canadianprovinces, the law requireswearing safety belts. Here is why:

You never know if you will be in acrash. If you do have a crash, you donot know if it will be a serious one.

A few crashes are mild, and somecrashes can be so serious that evenbuckled up, a person would notsurvive. But most crashes are inbetween. In many of them, peoplewho buckle up can survive andsometimes walk away. Withoutsafety belts they could have beenbadly hurt or killed.

After more than 40 years of safetybelts in vehicles, the facts are clear.In most crashes buckling up doesmatter... a lot!

Why Safety Belts WorkWhen you ride in or on anything,you go as fast as it goes.

Take the simplest vehicle. Supposeit is just a seat on wheels.



Put someone on it.

Get it up to speed. Then stop thevehicle. The rider does not stop.

The person keeps going untilstopped by something. In a realvehicle, it could be the windshield...

or the instrument panel...

or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow down asthe vehicle does. You get moretime to stop. You stop over moredistance, and your strongest bonestake the forces. That is whysafety belts make such good sense.



Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a safety belt or not. Butyour chance of being consciousduring and after an accident, soyou can unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.And you can unbuckle a safetybelt, even if you are upside down.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts — not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection. That is true not only infrontal collisions, but especially inside and other collisions.

Q: If I am a good driver, and Inever drive far from home,why should I wear safetybelts?

A: You may be an excellent driver,but if you are in a crash — evenone that is not your fault — youand your passenger(s) can behurt. Being a good driver does notprotect you from things beyondyour control, such as bad drivers.

Most accidents occur within25 miles (40 km) of home. Andthe greatest number of seriousinjuries and deaths occur atspeeds of less than 40 mph(65 km/h).

Safety belts are for everyone.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

Be aware that there are specialthings to know about safetybelts and children. And there aredifferent rules for smaller childrenand infants. If a child will be riding inthe vehicle, see Older Children onpage 1-36 or Infants and YoungChildren on page 1-38. Follow thoserules for everyone’s protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

Occupants who are not buckled upcan be thrown out of the vehiclein a crash. And they can strikeothers in the vehicle who arewearing safety belts.



First, before you or yourpassenger(s) wear a safety belt,there is important informationyou should know.

Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front of you.The lap part of the belt should be

worn low and snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash, thisapplies force to the strong pelvicbones and you would be less likelyto slide under the lap belt. If you slidunder it, the belt would apply forceon your abdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restraining forces.

The shoulder belt locks if there is asudden stop or crash.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The shoulder belt is too loose.It will not give as muchprotection this way.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously hurt if yourshoulder belt is too loose. In acrash, you would move forwardtoo much, which could increaseinjury. The shoulder belt should fitsnugly against your body.




A: The lap belt is too loose. It willnot give nearly as muchprotection this way.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously hurt if yourlap belt is too loose. In a crash,you could slide under the lap beltand apply force on your abdomen.This could cause serious or evenfatal injuries. The lap belt shouldbe worn low and snug on thehips, just touching the thighs.


A: The belt is buckled in the wrongbuckle.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured ifyour belt is buckled in the wrongplace like this. In a crash, the beltwould go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be there,not on the pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries. Always buckle your beltinto the buckle nearest you.




A: The belt is over an armrest.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured ifyour belt goes over an armrestlike this. The belt would be muchtoo high. In a crash, you can slideunder the belt. The belt forcewould then be applied on theabdomen, not on the pelvicbones, and that could causeserious or fatal injuries. Be surethe belt goes under the armrests.


A: The shoulder belt is worn underthe arm. It should be worn overthe shoulder at all times.



{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if youwear the shoulder belt under yourarm. In a crash, your body wouldmove too far forward, which wouldincrease the chance of head andneck injury. Also, the belt wouldapply too much force to the ribs,which are not as strong asshoulder bones. You could alsoseverely injure internal organs likeyour liver or spleen. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest.


A: The belt is behind the body.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured bynot wearing the lap-shoulder beltproperly. In a crash, you wouldnot be restrained by the shoulderbelt. Your body could move toofar forward increasing the chanceof head and neck injury. Youmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.




A: The belt is twisted acrossthe body.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured by atwisted belt. In a crash, you wouldnot have the full width of the beltto spread impact forces. If a beltis twisted, make it straight so itcan work properly, or ask yourdealer/retailer to fix it.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt acrossyou very quickly. If this happens,let the belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.If the latch plate will not go fullyinto the buckle, check if thecorrect buckle is being used.Pull up on the latch plate to makesure it is secure. If the belt isnot long enough, see Safety BeltExtender on page 1-19.Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you.See “Shoulder Belt HeightAdjustment” later in this sectionfor instructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.It may be necessary to pullstitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height AdjusterThe vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.



Adjust the height so that theshoulder portion of the belt iscentered on the shoulder. The beltshould be away from the face andneck, but not falling off of theshoulder. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the safety belt in acrash.

Push down on the release buttonand move the height adjuster tothe desired position. The adjustercan be moved up by pushing on thefront of the height adjuster.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move itdown without pushing the buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Safety Belt PretensionersThis vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safety beltsduring the early stages of a moderateto severe frontal and near frontalcrash if the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met.And, if the vehicle has side impactairbags, safety belt pretensionerscan help tighten the safety belts in aside crash.

If the passenger sensing systemdetects that there is not a passengerin the right front passenger position,the safety belt pretensioner for thatposition will not activate. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 1-28.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they will need to be replaced, andprobably other new parts for yoursafety belt system. See ReplacingSafety Belt System Parts After aCrash on page 1-20.



Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likelyto be seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portionshould be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughoutthe pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle’s safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer/retailer will orderyou an extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats.To wear it, just attach it to the regularsafety belt. For more information, seethe instruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

When a safety belt extender isinstalled in the right front passengersafety belt, make sure the passengerairbag status indicator displays ON.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 4-15. If theindicator shows OFF, disconnectthe extender’s latch from the bucklethen reconnect the safety belt.The passenger airbag statusindicator light should be ON andthen the safety belt extender canbe reconnected. If the safety beltextender is used while the passengerairbag status indicator light is OFF,the right front passenger frontal andseat-mounted side impact airbags(if equipped) may not activatecorrectly.

Always disconnect the extenderfrom the safety belt after you useit so that the airbag will workproperly the next time someoneuses that seat.



Safety Belt CheckNow and then, check the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors andanchorages are working properly.Look for any other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts that mightkeep a safety belt system from doingits job. See your dealer/retailer tohave it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you ina crash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 4-14 for moreinformation.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Care of Safety Belts onpage 1-20.

Care of Safety BeltsKeep belts clean and dry.

{ CAUTION

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.If you do, it may severely weakenthem. In a crash, they might notbe able to provide adequateprotection. Clean safety belts onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts Aftera Crash

{ CAUTION

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soonas possible.



After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assembliesthat were used during any crashmay have been stressed ordamaged. See your dealer/retailerto have the safety belt assembliesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used atthe time of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been ina crash, or if the airbag readinesslight stays on after you startthe vehicle or while you are driving.See Airbag Readiness Light onpage 4-14.

Airbag SystemThis vehicle has the followingairbags:

• A frontal airbag for the driver.

• A frontal airbag for the right frontpassenger.

The vehicle may have the followingairbags:

• A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

• A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the right frontpassenger.

• A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

• A roof-rail airbag for theright front passenger and thepassenger seated directly behindthe right front passenger.

All of the airbags in the vehicle willhave the word AIRBAG embossedin the trim or on an attachedlabel near the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG will appear on the middlepart of the steering wheel forthe driver and on the instrumentpanel for the right front passenger.

With seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAGwill appear on the side of theseatback closest to the door.

With roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG will appear along theheadliner or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today’s airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the forceof an inflating bag, all airbagsmust inflate very quickly to dotheir job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ CAUTION

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt — even ifyou have airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, but do not replace them.Also, airbags are not designed todeploy in every crash. In somecrashes safety belts are your onlyrestraint. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? on page 1-24.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in yourvehicle should wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ CAUTION

Airbags inflate with great force,faster than the blink of an eye.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Do not sit unnecessarilyclose to the airbag, as you wouldbe if you were sitting on the edgeof your seat or leaning forward.Safety belts help keep you inposition before and during acrash. Always wear your safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ CAUTION

Children who are up against, orvery close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Airbags plus lap-shoulderbelts offer protection for adultsand older children, but not foryoung children and infants.Neither the vehicle’s safety beltsystem nor its airbag system isdesigned for them. Young childrenand infants need the protectionthat a child restraint system canprovide. Always secure childrenproperly in your vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children onpage 1-36 or Infants and YoungChildren on page 1-38.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol.The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 4-14for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in themiddle of the steering wheel.

The right front passenger frontalairbag is in the instrument panel onthe passenger’s side.

If the vehicle has seat-mounted sideimpact airbags for the driver andright front passenger, they are in theside of the seatbacks closest tothe door.

Driver Side shown, PassengerSide similar



If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags forthe driver, right front passenger, andsecond row outboard passengers,they are in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ CAUTION

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properly orit might force the object into thatperson causing severe injury oreven death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Do not use seat accessoriesthat block the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near-frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries mainly to the driver or rightfront passenger head and chest.However, they are only designedto inflate if the impact exceeds a

predetermined deploymentthreshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould deploy is not based onhow fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends largely on what you hit,the direction of the impact,and how quickly your vehicleslows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds. For example:

• If the vehicle hits a stationaryobject, the airbags could inflate ata different crash speed than if thevehicle hits a moving object.

• If the vehicle hits an object thatdeforms, the airbags could inflateat a different crash speed than ifthe vehicle hits an object thatdoes not deform.



• If the vehicle hits a narrow object(like a pole), the airbags couldinflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle hits a wideobject (like a wall).

• If the vehicle goes into an objectat an angle, the airbags couldinflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle goes straightinto the object.

Thresholds can also vary withspecific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intendedto inflate during vehicle rollovers,rear impacts, or in many sideimpacts. Frontal airbags for thedriver and right front passengermay also deploy if a serious impactoccurs to the underside of thevehicle such as hitting a curb, fallinginto a deep hole, or landing hard.

In addition, the vehicle hasdual-stage frontal airbags.Dual-stage airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.

The vehicle has electronic frontalsensors, which help the sensingsystem distinguish between amoderate frontal impact and a moresevere frontal impact. For moderatefrontal impacts, dual-stage airbagsinflate at a level less than fulldeployment. For more severe frontalimpacts, full deployment occurs.

The vehicle may have seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbags.See Airbag System on page 1-21.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are intendedto inflate in moderate to severeside crashes. Seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbagswill inflate if the crash severityis above the system’s designedthreshold level. Your vehiclehas sensors which detect sideimpacts. These sensors signal theappropriate side impact airbagto inflate. The threshold level canvary with specific vehicle design.

Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are not intended toinflate in frontal impacts, near-frontalimpacts, rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbag isintended to deploy on the side of thevehicle that is struck. A roof-railairbag is intended to deploy on theside of the vehicle that is struck. It ispossible that, in a crash involving therear side of your vehicle, that only theroof-mounted airbag will deploy.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thedamage to a vehicle or becauseof what the repair costs were.For frontal airbags, inflation isdetermined by what the vehicle hits,the angle of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.For seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags, deployment isdetermined by the location andseverity of the side impact.



What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fillsthe airbag causing the bag to breakout of the cover and deploy. Theinflator, the airbag, and relatedhardware are all part of the airbagmodule.

Frontal airbag modules are locatedinside the steering wheel andinstrument panel. For vehicles withseat-mounted side impact airbags,there are airbag modules in the sideof the front seatbacks closest tothe door. For vehicles with roof-railairbags, there are airbag modulesin the ceiling of the vehicle, near theside windows that have occupantseating positions.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel.In moderate to severe sidecollisions, even belted occupantscan contact the inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts. Frontalairbags distribute the force ofthe impact more evenly over theoccupant’s upper body, stoppingthe occupant more gradually.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags distribute the forceof the impact more evenly overthe occupant’s upper body.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarily becausethe occupant’s motion is not towardthose airbags. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? on page 1-24 formore information.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See Afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey deploy. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbag modules, see What Makesan Airbag Inflate? on page 1-26.



The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. Theremay be some smoke and dustcoming from the vents in thedeflated airbags. Airbag inflationdoes not prevent the driverfrom seeing out of the windshieldor being able to steer the vehicle,nor does it prevent people fromleaving the vehicle.

{ CAUTION

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you have

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

breathing problems but cannot getout of the vehicle after an airbaginflates, then get fresh air byopening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors,turn the interior lamps on, and turnthe hazard warning flashers onwhen the airbags inflate. You canlock the doors, turn the interiorlamps off, and turn the hazardwarning flashers off by using thecontrols for those features.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshieldsare broken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the right frontpassenger airbag.

• Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbag inflates,you will need some new parts forthe airbag system. If you do notget them, the airbag system willnot be there to help protect you inanother crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules andpossibly other parts. The servicemanual for your vehicle coversthe need to replace other parts.

• The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after a crash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy on page 12-17 and EventData Recorders on page 12-17.

• Let only qualified technicians workon the airbag systems. Improperservice can mean that an airbagsystem will not work properly. Seeyour dealer/retailer for service.



Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the right frontpassenger position. The passengerairbag status indicator will bevisible in the instrument panel whenthe vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check is complete,either the word ON or the wordOFF will be visible depending on

whether the seat is occupied and/orthe weight of the occupant. If theseat is unoccupied, the light will notbe visible after the system check.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 4-15.

The passenger sensing system willturn off the right front passengerfrontal airbag and seat-mountedside impact airbag under certainconditions. The driver airbagsand the roof-rail airbags are notaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing system willalso turn off the right front passengerfrontal airbag, seat-mounted sideimpact airbag (if equipped), andsafety belt pretensioner if it detectsthat there is no occupant in thatposition.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe right front passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detect

the presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if theright front passenger frontal airbagand seat-mounted side impactairbag (if equipped) shouldbe enabled (may inflate) or not.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

We recommend that children besecured in a rear seat, including: aninfant or a child riding in arear-facing child restraint; a childriding in a forward-facing child seat;an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who arelarge enough, using safety belts.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.



{ CAUTION

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the right front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed ifthe right front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seatis in a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbagandseat-mounted side impactairbag (if equipped), no system isfail-safe. No one can guarantee

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

that an airbag will not deployunder some unusualcircumstance, even thoughthe airbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in theright front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag andseat-mounted side impact airbag(if equipped) if:

• The right front passenger seat isunoccupied.

• The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

• The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

• The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.

• A right front passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat for aperiod of time.

• The right front passenger seat isoccupied by a smaller person,such as a child who has outgrownchild restraints.

• Or, if there is a critical problemwith the airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.



When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag andseat-mounted side impact airbag(if equipped), the off indicator willlight and stay lit to remind you thatthe airbags are off. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator onpage 4-15.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on (may inflate) theright front passenger frontal airbagand seat-mounted side impactairbag (if equipped) anytimethe system senses that a personof adult size is sitting properly inthe right front passenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags andpretensioner to be enabled, theon indicator will light and stay lit toremind you that the airbags andpretensioner are active.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the right front passenger frontalairbag and seat-mounted side impactairbag (if equipped), dependingupon the person’s seating postureand body build. Everyone in thevehicle who has outgrown childrestraints should wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there is anairbag for that person.

If the airbag readiness light and theOFF light in the passenger airbagstatus indicator come on together, itmay mean there is a malfunction inthe passenger sensing system.Secure the child in the child restraintin a rear seat position in the vehicleand check with your dealer/retailer.

{ CAUTION

If the airbag readiness light in theinstrument panel cluster evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. If this everhappens, have the vehicleserviced promptly, because anadult-size person sitting in theright front passenger’s seat maynot have the protection of theairbag(s). See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 4-14 for more onthis, including important safetyinformation.



If the On Indicator is Lit for aChild RestraintIf a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraint withthe ignition key in the ACC orLOCK position while following thedirections provided by the childrestraint manufacturer andrefer to Securing Child Restraints(Right Front Seat) on page 1-50or Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seats) on page 1-53.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is still lit,turn the vehicle off. Then slightlyrecline the vehicle seatbackand adjust the seat cushion, ifadjustable, to make sure that thevehicle seatback is not pushingthe child restraint into the seatcushion.

6. Also make sure the child restraintis not trapped under the vehiclehead restraint. If this happens,adjust the head restraint.See Head Restraints onpage 1-6.

If the on indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint ina rear seat position in the vehicle,and check with your dealer/retailer.

If the Off Indicator is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult-size is sitting inthe right front passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat.



If this happens, use the followingsteps to allow the system to detectthat person and enable the rightfront passenger frontal airbagand seat-mounted side impactairbag (if equipped):

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after theon indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem OperationSafety belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helpsthe passenger sensing systemmaintain the passenger airbagstatus. See “Safety Belts” and “ChildRestraints” in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion, oraftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, seatbackpacks, and seat massagerscan affect how well the passengersensing system operates. Werecommend that you not useseat covers or other aftermarketequipment except when approvedby GM for your specific vehicle.See Adding Equipment to YourAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 1-34 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

The passenger sensing system maysuppress the airbag deploymentwhen liquid soaks into the seat.If this happens, the off indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator and the airbag readinesslight will be lit. Have yourdealer/retailer check the system.

An object, person or child in therear seat contacting or pressing theright front passenger seatback,or objects stowed under the rightfront passenger seat, may affect theproper functioning of the passengersensing system.

When a safety belt extender is usedin the right front passenger seat,make sure the passenger airbagstatus indicator shows ON. If theindicator shows OFF, disconnect theextender’s latch from the buckle thenreconnect the safety belt.



The passenger airbag statusindicator light should be ON and thenthe safety belt extender can bereconnected. If the safety beltextender is used while the passengerairbag status indicator light is OFF,the right front passenger frontal andseat-mounted side impact airbags (ifequipped) may not activate correctly.

{ CAUTION

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing YourAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicle shouldbe serviced. There are parts of theairbag system in several placesaround the vehicle. Your dealer/retailer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system.To purchase a service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 12-16.

{ CAUTION

For up to 10 seconds after theignition is turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an airbag can stillinflate during improper service.You can be injured if you are closeto an airbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbag system.Be sure to follow proper serviceprocedures, and make sure theperson performing work for you isqualified to do so.



Adding Equipment toYour Airbag-EquippedVehicleQ: Is there anything I might add to

or change about the vehiclethat could keep the airbagsfrom working properly?

A: Yes. If you add things thatchange the vehicle’s frame,bumper system, height, front endor side sheet metal, they maykeep the airbag system fromworking properly. Changing ormoving any parts of the frontseats, safety belts, the airbagsensing and diagnostic module,steering wheel, instrumentpanel, roof-rail airbag modules,ceiling headliner or pillargarnish trim, front sensors, orairbag wiring can affect theoperation of the airbag system.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for theright front passenger position,which includes sensors that arepart of the passenger’s seat.The passenger sensing systemmay not operate properly if theoriginal seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery ortrim, or with GM covers,upholstery or trim designed for adifferent vehicle. Any object, suchas an aftermarket seat heater or acomfort enhancing pad or device,installed under or on top of theseat fabric, could also interferewith the operation of thepassenger sensing system.This could either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent thepassenger sensing system fromproperly turning off the passengerairbag(s). See PassengerSensing System on page 1-28.

If you have any questions, callCustomer Assistance. The phonenumbers and addresses forCustomer Assistance are inStep Two of the CustomerSatisfaction Procedure inthis manual. See CustomerSatisfaction Procedure onpage 12-1.

Q: Because I have a disability,I have to get my vehiclemodified. How can I find outwhether this will affect myairbag system?

A: If you have questions, callCustomer Assistance. The phonenumbers and addresses forCustomer Assistance are inStep Two of the CustomerSatisfaction Procedure in thismanual. See CustomerSatisfaction Procedure onpage 12-1.

In addition, your dealer/retailer andthe service manual have informationabout the location of the airbagsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule and airbag wiring.



Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenanceor replacement. Make sure theairbag readiness light is working.See Airbag Readiness Lighton page 4-14 for more information.

Notice: If an airbag coveringis damaged, opened, or broken,the airbag may not work properly.Do not open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are any openedor broken airbag covers, havethe airbag covering and/or airbagmodule replaced. For thelocation of the airbag modules,see What Makes an AirbagInflate? on page 1-26. See yourdealer/retailer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts After a Crash

{ CAUTION

A crash can damage theairbag systems in your vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and your passenger(s)in a crash, resulting in seriousinjury or even death. To helpmake sure your airbag systemsare working properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements madeas soon as possible.

If an airbag inflates, you will needto replace airbag system parts.See your dealer/retailer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is startedor comes on when you are driving,the airbag system may not workproperly. Have the vehicle servicedright away. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 4-14 for moreinformation.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s safety belts.

The manufacturer’s instructions thatcome with the booster seat, state theweight and height limitations for that

booster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the below fit test:

• Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

• Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest on theshoulder? If yes, continue. If no,then return to the booster seat.

• Does the lap belt fit low and snugon the hips, touching the thighs? Ifyes, continue. If no, return to thebooster seat.

• Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder beltcan provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck.The lap belt should fit snuglybelow the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. This applies beltforce to the child’s pelvic bones ina crash. It should never be wornover the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatalinternal injuries in a crash.



According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child restraintsystem or infant restraint systemsecured in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ CAUTION

Never do this.

Never allow two children to wearthe same safety belt. The safetybelt can not properly spread theimpact forces. In a crash, the twochildren can be crushed togetherand seriously injured. A safetybelt must be used by only oneperson at a time.

{ CAUTION

Never do this.

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infantsand all other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the ageand size of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law inevery state in the United States andin every Canadian province sayschildren up to some age mustbe restrained while in a vehicle.

{ CAUTION

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.

Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offerprotection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young childrenand infants. Neither the vehicle’ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Everytime infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people, orcan be thrown out of the vehicle.



{ CAUTION

Never do this.

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only25 mph (40 km/h), a 12 lb (5.5 kg)infant will suddenly become a240 lb (110 kg) force on aperson’s arms. An infant shouldbe secured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ CAUTION

Never do this.

Children who are up against, orvery close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat. Secure a rear-facing child

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

restraint in a rear seat. It is alsobetter to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in a rear seat. If youmust secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the right front seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go.



Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicle’sowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child’sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint will becompatible with the motor vehiclein which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available.When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designedto be used in a motor vehicle.If it is, the restraint will havea label saying that it meetsfederal motor vehicle safetystandards.

The restraint manufacturer’sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ CAUTION

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. This isbecause an infant’s neck is notfully developed and its headweighs so much compared withthe rest of its body. In a crash,an infant in a rear-facing childrestraint settles into the restraint,so the crash forces can bedistributed across the strongestpart of an infant’s body, the backand shoulders. Infants shouldalways be secured in rear-facingchild restraints.

{ CAUTION

A young child’s hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle’s regularsafety belt may not remain lowon the hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child’s abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

A rear-facing infant seat (A) providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned inthe restraint.

A forward-facing child seat (B)provides restraint for the child’s bodywith the harness.

A booster seat (C) is a childrestraint designed to improve the fitof the vehicle’s safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

(A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ CAUTION

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH) on page 1-44 for moreinformation. A child can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly securedin the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructions thatcome with the restraint which maybe on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move aroundin a collision or sudden stopand injure people in the vehicle.Be sure to properly secure any childrestraint in the vehicle — evenwhen no child is in it.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ CAUTION

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions thatcame with that child restraint.



Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

We recommend that children andchild restraints be secured in a rearseat, including: an infant or a childriding in a rear-facing child restraint;a child riding in a forward-facing childseat; an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who are largeenough, using safety belts.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front.” This isbecause the risk to the rear-facingchild is so great, if the airbagdeploys.

{ CAUTION

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the right front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed ifthe right front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right front seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 1-28 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint ina rear seating position, studythe instructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.



Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move aroundin a collision or sudden stopand injure people in the vehicle.Be sure to properly secure any childrestraint in the vehicle — evenwhen no child is in it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH)The LATCH system holds a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.This system is designed to makeinstallation of a child restraint easier.The LATCH system uses anchorsin the vehicle and attachmentson the child restraint that are madefor use with the LATCH system.

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use thevehicle’s safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also use eitherthe lower anchors or the safety beltsto properly secure the child restraint.A child restraint must never beinstalled using only the top tetherand anchor.

In order to use the LATCH system inthe vehicle, you need a child restrainthas LATCH attachments. The childrestraint manufacturer providesinstructions on how to use the childrestraint and its attachments. Thefollowing explains how to attach achild restraint with these attachmentsin the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (A) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There aretwo lower anchors for eachLATCH seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (B).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (A, C) anchors thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment (B) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (A) or a dual tether (C). Eitherwill have a single attachment (B) tosecure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether being attached.Others require the top tether alwaysto be attached. In Canada, the lawrequires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and thatthe tether be attached. Be sure toread and follow the instructions forthe child restraint.

If the child restraint does not have atop tether, one can be obtained,in kit form, for many child restraints.Ask the child restraint manufacturerwhether or not a kit is available.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

i (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

j (Lower Anchor): Seating positionswith two lower anchors.

Rear Seat



To assist you in locating the loweranchors, each seating positionwith lower anchors has two labels,near the crease between theseatback and the seat cushion.

To assist you in locating the toptether anchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is located on the cover.

The top tether anchors are locatedon the floor of the rear cargo area.Open the cover to access theanchors. If the vehicle has a cargomat, you may need to fold it backto access the top tether anchors.Be sure to use an anchor located onthe same side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraintin a position without a top tetheranchor if a national or locallaw requires that the top tetherbe attached, or if the instructionsthat come with the child restraintsay that the top tether mustbe attached.

Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear rather than thefront seat. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 1-43 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ CAUTION

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.



{ CAUTION

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment tocome loose or even break duringa crash. A child or others couldbe injured. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, attach only one childrestraint per anchor.

{ CAUTION

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock, ifyour vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower attachmentsor the desired seating positiondoes not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint with thetop tether and the safety belts.Refer to the child restraintmanufacturer instructions and theinstructions in this manual.1.1. Find the lower anchors for

the desired seating position.1.2. Put the child restraint on

the seat.1.3. Attach and tighten the lower

attachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.



2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer to thechild restraint instructions and thefollowing steps:2.1. Find the top tether anchor.2.2. If the vehicle has a cargo

mat, you may need to foldit back to access thetop tether anchors.

2.3. Open the top tether anchorcover to expose the anchor.

2.4. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto the child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint andyou are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint andyou are using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.



If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint andyou are using a dual tether,route the tether aroundthe headrest or headrestraint.

If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and you areusing a single tether, raisethe headrest or headrestraint and route the tetherunder the headrest or headrestraint and in between theheadrest or head restraintposts.

3. Push and pull the child restraintin different directions to be sureit is secure.

Replacing LATCHSystem Parts After aCrash

{ CAUTION

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint, resultingin serious injury or even death ina crash. To help make sure theLATCH system is workingproperly after a crash, see yourdealer/retailer to have the systeminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If the vehicle has the LATCHsystem and it was being used duringa crash, new LATCH systemparts may be needed.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Right Front Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to securea forward-facing child restraint.See Where to Put the Restrainton page 1-43.

In addition, your vehicle has apassenger sensing system whichis designed to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 1-28 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 4-15 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ CAUTION

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the right front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if theright front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right front seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 1-28 for additionalinformation.



If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH) onpage 1-44 for how to install the childrestraint using LATCH. If a childrestraint is secured in the seatingposition using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH)on page 1-44 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored,or if the instructions that come withthe child restraint say that thetop strap must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tetherbe attached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off theright front passenger frontaland seat-mounted side impactairbag, the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and stay litwhen you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 4-15.

2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle’s safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



5. Pull the rest of the shoulder beltall the way out of the retractor toset the lock.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the beltand feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.


If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come onand stay on when the vehicleis started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem on page 1-28 for moreinformation.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.



Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seats)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatiblewith this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH)on page 1-44 for how to install thechild restraint using LATCH. If achild restraint is secured in a seatingposition using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH) on page 1-44 for top tetheranchor locations.

Do not secure a child restraintin a position without a top tetheranchor if a national or locallaw requires that the top tether beanchored, or if the instructionsthat come with the child restraintsay that the top strap must beanchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tetherbe attached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will be usingthe safety belt to secure the childrestraint in this position. Be sure tofollow the instructions that camewith the child restraint. Secure thechild in the child restraint whenand as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in therear seat, be sure to read Where toPut the Restraint on page 1-43.

1. Put the child restraint on the seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, andrun the lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle’s safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.If the latch plate will not go fullyinto the buckle, check if thecorrect buckle is being used.Position the release buttonon the buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.



4. Pull the rest of the shoulder beltall the way out of the retractor toset the lock.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the beltto tighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulderbelt back into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down onthe child restraint as you tightenthe belt.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH)on page 1-44 for moreinformation.


To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Keys, Doors andWindows

KeysKeys ...................................2-2Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System ...................2-3

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation ....2-4

Doors and LocksDoor Locks .........................2-6Power Door Locks ..............2-7Rear Door Security Locks ....2-7Liftgate ...............................2-8

Theft-Deterrent SystemsTheft-Deterrent Systems .....2-9Immobilizer .........................2-9Immobilizer Operation .........2-9Content Theft-Deterrent .....2-10

WindowsWindows ...........................2-12Power Windows ................2-12Sun Visors ........................2-13

MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror ....2-13Outside Power Mirror(s) ....2-14

SunroofSunroof .............................2-14

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1


Keys

{ CAUTION

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe ignition key is dangerous formany reasons, children or otherscould be badly injured or evenkilled. They could operate thepower windows or other controlsor even make the vehicle move.The windows will function with thekeys in the ignition and childrencould be seriously injured or killedif caught in the path of a closingwindow. Do not leave the keys ina vehicle with children.

The key is used for the ignition,doors, and all other locks.

The key number is on the tagattached to the key ring. Keep thistag and give it to your dealer/retailerif a new key needs to be made.

If the vehicle has an Immobilizertheft deterrent system, the key hasa transponder in the key thatmatches a decoder in the vehicle.See Immobilizer Operation onpage 2-9 for additional information.

Do not do any of the following tokeys with a transponder:• Cover the key.• Hit the key hard against other

objects.• Expose it to high temperatures

for a long time.• Put the key in water.• Use the key with electromagnetic

materials.

Any new Immobilizer key must beprogrammed before it will startthe vehicle. See your dealer/retailer.If you make your own duplicatekey, you will not be able to cancelthe system or start the vehicle.

In an emergency, contact RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program on page 12-5for more information.

Notice: If you ever lock yourkeys in the vehicle, you may haveto damage the vehicle to get in.Be sure you have spare keys.

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows


Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) SystemIf this vehicle has the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) system,it operates on a radio frequencysubject to Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules andwith Industry Canada.

This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not causeinterference.

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:



Changes or modifications to thissystem by other than an authorizedservice facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

If there is a decrease in theRKE operating range, try this:

• Check the distance.The transmitter may betoo far from the vehicle.Stand closer during rainy orsnowy weather.

• Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal. Take afew steps to the left or right,hold the transmitter higher, andtry again.

• Check the transmitter’s battery.See “Battery Replacement”later in this section.

• If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer/retailer or a qualifiedtechnician for service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter functions work up to30 feet (9 m) away from the vehicle.

Q (Lock): Press to lock all of thedoors and liftgate.

The hazard warning flashers flashonce to confirm that the doorshave locked.

W (Unlock): Press once to unlockthe driver door. If W is pressedagain within three seconds,all remaining doors unlock. Thehazard warning flashers flash twiceto confirm that the door hasunlocked.

HOLD p (Panic): Press to armthe alarm. The lights flash and thehorn sounds. The alarm turnsoff when the ignition is shifted toON/RUN or HOLD p is pressedagain. The ignition must be inLOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORYfor the alarm to work.

Programming Transmittersto the VehicleOnly RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchasedand programmed through yourdealer/retailer. When thereplacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer work oncethe new transmitter is programmed.Each vehicle can have up to fourtransmitters programmed to it.



Battery ReplacementThe battery in the transmitter isweak and should be changed if itdoes not work at the normal rangein any location.

Notice: When replacing thebattery, do not touch any of thecircuitry on the transmitter.Static from your body coulddamage the transmitter.

To replace the battery, use a flat,thin non-metal object ortape-wrapped metal object.

1. Separate the transmitter.

2. Remove the module.

3. Open the module cover.

4. Remove the old battery.



5. Insert the new battery,positive (+) side facing up.Replace with a CR2025 orequivalent battery.

6. Snap the module back togetherand replace it in the transmitter.

7. Snap the front and back of thetransmitter together.

Doors and Locks

Door Locks

{ CAUTION

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.• Passengers, especially

children, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. When a door islocked, the handle will notopen it. You increase thechance of being thrown out ofthe vehicle in a crash if thedoors are not locked. So, wearsafety belts properly and lockthe doors whenever you drive.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

• Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock your vehiclewhenever you leave it.

• Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopyour vehicle. Locking yourdoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.



To lock and unlock your vehiclefrom the outside, use your key or theRemote Keyless Entry transmitter,if equipped. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operationon page 2-4 for more information.

Open the driver door, on vehicleswith power door locks, by turning thekey in the lock toward the rear ofthe vehicle.

Turn the key back toward the centerand toward the rear again, withinthree seconds, to unlock all ofthe doors. Use the key in thepassenger door to also unlockall of the doors.

Lock a door by turning the keytoward the front of the vehicle.If you have power door locks,all the doors will lock.

To manually lock or unlock the doorfrom the inside, move the leveron the door forward or rearward.The driver and front passenger dooropen from the inside while locked.

With manual locks, the key must beused to lock and unlock the liftgate.

Power Door LocksOn vehicles with this feature, thepower door lock switch is located onthe armrest of the driver and frontpassenger door.

Q : Press to lock all the doors.

K : Press to unlock all the doors.

Rear Door Security LocksRear door security locks preventpassengers from opening therear doors from the inside.

Open the rear doors to access thesecurity locks.

To set these locks, slide the leverdown on each door and close it.The doors can only be opened fromoutside with the door unlocked.To return the doors to normaloperation, slide the lever up.



Liftgate

{ CAUTION

It can be dangerous to drive withthe liftgate open because carbonmonoxide (CO) gas can comeinto your vehicle. You cannotsee or smell CO. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.If you must drive with the liftgateopen or if electrical wiring or othercable connections must passthrough the seal between thebody and the liftgate:

• Make sure all other windowsare shut.

• Turn the fan on your heatingor cooling system to itshighest speed and select the

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

control setting that will forceoutside air into your vehicle.See Climate Control Systemon page 7-1.

• If you have air outlets on orunder the instrument panel,open them all the way.See Engine Exhaust onpage 8-16.

Unlock and open the liftgate byinserting the key, turning itcounterclockwise and raise itby hand.

Close the liftgate by using thehandle to pull it down.

Lock the liftgate by inserting the keyand turning it clockwise to thefirst position.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-4for more information.



Theft-DeterrentSystemsVehicle theft is big business,especially in some cities.This vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures, however, they do notmake it impossible to steal.

ImmobilizerThis device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:


2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation.

This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:


2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to thissystem by other than an authorizedservice facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The system is automatically armedwhen the key is removed fromthe ignition.

The security light, located on thecenter of the instrument panel,comes on if there is a problemwith arming or disarming thetheft-deterrent system.



The security light flashes when thesystem is armed.

When the key is inserted in theignition the transponder in the keyhead transmits an electronic codeto the vehicle and automaticallycancels the system. Only the correctkey starts the vehicle.

If the engine does not start, therecould be a problem with thetheft-deterrent system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamaged,try another ignition key. Check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers on page 9-36.

If the engine still does not start withthe other key, the vehicle needsservice. If the vehicle does start, thefirst key may be faulty. See yourdealer/retailer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and havea new key made.

If any of the following conditionsoccur, contact your dealer/retailer.

• The security light stays on.

• The security light does not startflashing when the key isremoved from the ignition.

• The security light flashesinconsistently.

See your dealer/retailer to have anew key with a transponder made.Bring the key and key numberwith you.

In an emergency, contact RoadsideAssistance Program. See RoadsideAssistance Program on page 12-5.

Do not leave the key or devicethat disarms or deactivates the theftdeterrent system in the vehicle.

Content Theft-DeterrentThis vehicle may have atheft-deterrent system that activatesan alarm if attempts are made todamage or break into the vehicle.The alarm sounds and the lightsflash.

The security light is located on thecenter of the instrument panel.



Arming the SystemTo arm the system:1. Close all the doors and the

liftgate.

2. Lock the doors and liftgate withthe key or Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.The security light comes on solid.The system automatically armsafter 30 seconds. The securitylight flashes when the systemis armed.

No one should be in the vehiclewhen the alarm system is armedbecause unlocking the vehicle fromthe inside activates the system.

To avoid setting off the alarm makesure all passengers are out ofthe vehicle and the windows areclosed before arming the system.

Disarming the SystemTo disarm the alarm do one of thefollowing:• Unlock the doors with the key.• Unlock the doors and liftgate with

the RKE transmitter.• Start the engine.

Testing the AlarmTo test the alarm:1. Open all the windows.2. Set the system as described

in the previous procedure.The doors and liftgate shouldbe locked with the key or RKEtransmitter. Be sure to wait untilthe security light starts flashing.

3. Unlock the driver door from theinside. The system shouldactivate the alarm.

4. Stop the alarm as described inthe disarming procedure.

5. Repeat this operation for theother doors. Also, check thatthe system is activated when thebattery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected.

If the system does not workproperly, have it checked by yourdealer/retailer.

How the System Alarm isActivatedThe system activates the alarm if:

• A locked door or the liftgate isunlocked or opened without theRKE transmitter.

• A locked door is unlocked oropened without the key.

• The liftgate is unlocked or openedwith the key.

• The battery is reconnected.

• The side windows are tapped orbroken.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates the theftdeterrent system in the vehicle.



Windows

{ CAUTION

Leaving children, helpless adults,or pets in a vehicle with thewindows closed is dangerous.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke. Never leave achild, a helpless adult, or a petalone in a vehicle, especially withthe windows closed in warm orhot weather.

Manual WindowsTurn the crank on the door to openand close a manual window.

Power Windows

{ CAUTION

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe keys is dangerous for manyreasons, children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls oreven make the vehicle move.The windows will function andthey could be seriously injured orkilled if caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavekeys in a vehicle with children.

When there are children in therear seat use the window lockoutbutton to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.



On vehicles with this feature, thepower windows only work when theignition is turned to ON/RUN orin Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 8-4.

Switches on the driver door controlthe driver and passenger windows.Each passenger door has aswitch to control that window.

Press or pull the front of a switch tolower or raise a window.

AUTO (Express-Down): Press allthe way down and release to lowerthe driver window automatically.Pull up at any time to stop thewindow from lowering.

o (Lock-Out): Press the lock-outbutton, located on the driverdoor, to disable the passengerpower windows and again toenable them.

Only the driver window can beoperated when the lock-out featureis used.

Sun VisorsPull the visor toward you or move itto the side to help reduce glare.

To use the mirror, slide the attachedcover.

Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorAdjust the mirror to see clearlybehind the vehicle. Hold the mirrorin the center to move it up, down,and side to side. The day/night leverlets you adjust the mirror to avoidglare from headlamps behindyour vehicle. Move the lever to theright for nighttime use and backto the center for daytime use.

Vehicles with OnStar® have threecontrol buttons located at the bottomof the mirror. See OnStar® Systemon page 4-25 for more information.



Outside Power Mirror(s)

The controls are located tothe left of the steering wheelon the instrument panel.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUNor ACC/ACCESSORY to adjustthe mirrors.

1. Adjust either mirror by pushingthe selector switch to the L (left)or R (right).

2. Use the arrows on the controlpad to adjust the direction ofthe mirror.

3. Move the selector switch back tothe center. This locks the mirrorsin place.

Manually fold the mirrors inwardto prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.To fold, push the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward,to return to its original position.

SunroofOn vehicles with a sunroof,the controls are on the overheadconsole. The ignition must bein ON/RUN or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) for the sunroofto work.

TILT: Slide the sunshade back.Press to tilt the sunroof. Press againto stop movement at any time.

DOWN: Press to lower the sunroof.

SLIDE: Press to open the sunroof.It express opens and stopsbefore the fully open position.Press again to fully open. Pressthe switch at any time to stop thesunroof from moving. If the sunshadeis closed it opens with the sunroof.



CLOSE: Press to express closethe sunroof. Press again tostop movement at any time.

The sunshade must be closedby hand.

Anti-Pinch FeatureIf there is an obstruction when thesunroof is closing, it stops andpartly opens again. Remove theobstruction and press the buttonagain to close the sunroof.



✍ NOTES



Storage

StorageGlove Box ..........................3-1Cupholders .........................3-1Overhead Console ..............3-2Center Console Storage .....3-2Luggage Carrier ..................3-2Driver StorageCompartment ....................3-3

Floor Mats ..........................3-3Hooks .................................3-3Cargo Cover .......................3-4Cargo Tie Downs ...............3-6Cargo ManagementSystem .............................3-6

Storage

Glove BoxLift up on the glovebox lever toopen it.

CupholdersThere are cupholders located inthe console area between thefront seats.

The cupholder size can be adjustedby changing the location of theprovided insert.

There are also cupholders that foldout from the back of the centerconsole.

There are also molded bottleholders located in the front andrear doors.

Storage 3-1


Overhead ConsoleIf your vehicle has an overheadconsole, push on the cover toopen it.

Center Console StorageTo access the center consolestorage area, pull up on the lockrelease lever to raise the uppercover and access the tray storage.Pull up on the lower releaselever to raise the tray and accessmore storage.

Luggage Carrier

{ CAUTION

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the luggage carrier — likepaneling, plywood, or amattress — the wind can catch itwhile the vehicle is being driven.This can cause a driver to losecontrol. The item being carriedcould be violently torn off, andthis could cause a collision, anddamage the vehicle. Items maybe carried inside. Never carrysomething longer or wider thanthe luggage carrier on top of thevehicle.

Do not exceed the maximum vehiclecapacity when loading your vehicle.For more information on vehiclecapacity and loading, see Loadingthe Vehicle on page 8-32.

Notice: Loading cargo on theluggage carrier that weighs morethan 132 lbs (60 kg) or hangsover the rear or sides of thevehicle may damage your vehicle.Load cargo so that it restsevenly between the crossrails,making sure to fasten it securely.

To prevent damage or loss ofcargo as you are driving, checkto make sure the luggage carrierand cargo are still securely fastened.

3-2 Storage


Loading cargo on the roof rack willmake the center of the vehicle gravityhigher. Avoid high speeds, suddenstarts, sharp turns, sudden brakingor abrupt maneuvers, otherwise itmay result in loss of control orvehicle rollover due to failure tooperate the vehicle correctly.

If driving for a long distance, onrough roads, or at high speeds, stopthe vehicle now and then duringthe trip to make sure the cargoremains in its place.

Driver StorageCompartmentThe driver storage compartment islocated near the left side of thesteering column on the bottom ofthe instrument panel. Pull up on thelever to open the cover.

Floor MatsThe driver side floor mat is held inplace by two locator hooks.

The floor mat must be properlyplaced on the floor so that it doesnot block the movement of theaccelerator pedal.

How to Remove and Replacethe Floor Mat

To remove the floor mat, pull up onthe rear of the mat to disconnectit from the locator hooks.

To reinstall the floor mat, line upthe openings in the floor matover the locator hooks and pushdown into place.

HooksThere are hooks for hanging itemsin the cabin, luggage compartment,and in the cargo managementsystem, if the vehicle has one.

On the front passenger side,press the hook to open anduse it. There is a weight limit of44 lb (20 kg).

The luggage compartment hooksshould only be used to hangitems under 7 lb (3 kg).

For vehicles with a cargomanagement system, open thedeck lid to hang items under5 lb (2.3 kg).

Storage 3-3


Cargo CoverFor vehicles equipped with a cargocover.

Using the cargo cover:

1. Remove the cargo cover from itsstorage location.

2. Unfold the cargo cover.

3. Attach the hooks to the indentedslots on the sides of the rearcargo area.

4. Attach the center hook to thecenter head restraint.

{ CAUTION

An improperly stored cargo covercould be thrown about the vehicleduring a collision or suddenmaneuver. Someone could beinjured. If the cover is removed,always store it in the properstorage location. When it isreplaced, always be sure thatit is securely reattached.

Folding the Cargo Cover:

1. Hold the cargo cover withboth hands.

2. Bend one side of the covertoward the body.

3-4 Storage


3. Twist the other side in theopposite direction.

4. Make a small circle, and thenfold the cover inward.

5. Make sure the cover’s threecircles are side by side.

6. Return the cover to itsstorage bag.

Storage 3-5


Cargo Tie DownsThe cargo tie down straps andhooks are intended to be used tosecure a flat tire or other items.The tie down hooks are located inthe rear cargo area. The strapsare under the rear floor panel.

To use, hook the end of the strapsto the hooks in a criss-crosspattern. Pull on the straps at thebuckle to tighten as needed.

Cargo ManagementSystemA cargo management system,for vehicles that have it, can beused for organizing and separatingitems in the rear of the vehicle.

To use:

1. Open the cover.

2. Unfold the side panels out andlock them into place to hold upthe cover.

3. Hook the nets into the coverslots on the lid to use asdividers.

There are also hooks on the insidecover to hold items.

Additional storage is available onboth sides of the cargo managementsystem. Turn the knobs to theUNLOCK position, and removethe deck boards to access thestorage area.

3-6 Storage


Instruments andControls

Instrument PanelOverviewInstrument PanelOverview ...........................4-2

Hazard Warning Flashers ....4-3Horn ...................................4-3Tilt Wheel ...........................4-4Turn Signal/MultifunctionLever ................................4-4

Cruise Control ....................4-4Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals .............................4-7

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ..........4-7

Flash-to-Pass ......................4-7Windshield Wipers ..............4-7Windshield Washer .............4-8Rear Window Wiper/Washer .............................4-8

Accessory PowerOutlet(s) ............................4-9

Power Outlet 115 VoltAlternating Current ..........4-10

Ashtray(s) .........................4-10

Warning Lights, Gages,and IndicatorsWarning Lights, Gages,and Indicators .................4-11

Instrument Panel Cluster ...4-12Speedometer andOdometer ........................4-13

Trip Odometer(s) ...............4-13Tachometer .......................4-13Safety Belt Reminders ......4-14Airbag Readiness Light .....4-14Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator ..........................4-15

Service Airbag NotificationSystem Message .............4-16

Charging System Light ......4-16Brake System WarningLight ................................4-17

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light .......4-18

Speed Sensitive PowerSteering (SSPS)Warning Light ..................4-18

Low Tire PressureWarning Light ..................4-18

Traction Control System(TCS) Warning Light .......4-19

StabiliTrak® IndicatorLight ................................4-19

Engine CoolantTemperature Gage ..........4-19

MalfunctionIndicator Lamp ................4-20

Security Light ....................4-22Oil Pressure Light .............4-22Fog Lamp Light ................4-23Lights On Reminder ..........4-23Taillamp Indicator Light .....4-23Cruise Control Light ..........4-23Low Washer FluidWarning Light ..................4-23

Service All-Wheel DriveLight ................................4-24

Highbeam On Light ...........4-24Door Ajar Light .................4-24Fuel Gage ........................4-24Low Fuel Warning Light ....4-25

OnStar® SystemOnStar® System ................4-25

Instruments and Controls 4-1


Instrument Panel Overview

4-2 Instruments and Controls


The main components of theinstrument panel are the following:A. Outside Power Mirror(s) on

page 2-14.B. Outlet Adjustment on page 7-3.C. Turn Signal/Multifunction

Lever on page 4-4.D. Instrument Panel Cluster on

page 4-12.E. Windshield Wipers on page 4-7.F. Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator. Passenger SensingSystem on page 1-28.Security Light. See ContentTheft-Deterrent on page 2-10.

G. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 4-3.

H. Audio System(s) on page 6-1.I. Traction Control System (TCS)

on page 8-21.J. Content Theft-Deterrent on

page 2-10.K. Driver Storage Compartment

on page 3-3.L. Hood Release on page 9-5.

M. Audio Steering Wheel Controlson page 6-13.

N. Tilt Wheel on page 4-4.O. Horn on page 4-3.P. Cruise Control on page 4-4

(If Equipped).Q. Ignition Positions on page 8-2.R. Tire Pressure Reset Button

(Out of View). See Tire PressureMonitor Operation on page 9-50.

S. Power Outlet 115 Volt AlternatingCurrent on page 4-10 On/OffButton.

T. Cigarette Lighter (If Equipped)or Accessory Power Outlet.Ashtray(s) on page 4-10or Accessory Power Outlet(s)on page 4-9.

U. Shift Lever. AutomaticTransmission Operation(Four Speed) on page 8-6 orAutomatic TransmissionOperation (Five Speed)on page 8-8 or ManualTransmission Operationon page 8-11.

V. Power Outlet 115 Volt AlternatingCurrent on page 4-10.

W. Climate Control System onpage 7-1.

X. Hooks on page 3-3.Y. Glove Box on page 3-1.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flasher):Press this button located onthe instrument panel, to make thefront and rear turn signal lamps flashon and off. This warns others thatyou are having trouble.

Press | again to turn theflashers off.

HornPress near or on the horn symbolson the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.



Tilt WheelA tilt and telescope wheel lets thesteering wheel position be adjusted.

The adjustment lever is locatedon the left side of the steeringcolumn.

Pull the lever down to move thesteering wheel up or down and in orout. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the tilt and telescopelever while driving.

Turn Signal/MultifunctionLever

The lever on the left side of thesteering column includes thefollowing:

O : Exterior Lamps.

G : Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals.

2 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger.

# : Fog Lamps (If Equipped).

Flash-to-Pass Feature.

Information for these features is onthe pages following.

Cruise Control

For vehicles with cruise control, thelever is located on the right sideof the steering wheel.

Cruise control, lets a speed of25 mph (40 km/h) or more bemaintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 25 mph (40 km/h).



{ CAUTION

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. So, do not usethe cruise control on windingroads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

Setting Cruise Control

{ CAUTION

If you leave your cruise control onwhen you are not using cruise,you might hit a button and go intocruise when you do not want to.You could be startled and evenlose control. Keep the cruisecontrol switch off until you want touse cruise control.

1. Press the ON-OFF button at theend of the lever. The CRUISElight on the instrument panelcluster comes on. See CruiseControl Light on page 4-23.

2. Get to the desired speed.

3. Move the lever down to −SETand release it.

4. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

If the cruise control indicator lightflashes, press the ON-OFF buttononce to deactivate the system, andthen press the button back on.If the cruise control speed cannot beset or the cruise control cancelsimmediately after being activated,there may be a problem with thecruise control system. See yourdealer/retailer.

Resuming a Set SpeedIf the brakes are applied after thecruise control is set, the cruisecontrol is turned off.

If the vehicle speed is 25 mph(40 km/h) or greater, push the leverup to +RES (Resume/Accelerate)to return to the previously set speed.



Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

There are three ways to increasethe vehicle speed:• Use the accelerator pedal to get

to the higher speed. Move thelever down to −SET. Release thelever and the accelerator pedal.

• Move the cruise lever upto +RES. Hold it there until thedesired speed is reached,and then release the lever.

• To increase the vehicle speed invery small amounts, move thelever to +RES briefly and thenrelease it. Each time this is done,the vehicle goes about 1 mph(1.6 km/h) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

There are two ways to reduce thevehicle speed while using cruisecontrol:

• Push and hold the lever to −SETuntil the desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

• To slow down in very smallamounts, push the leverdown briefly. Each time thisis done, the vehicle will go about1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed.When you take your foot off thepedal, the vehicle slows down tothe cruise control speed set earlier.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

The cruise control performance willvary depending upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills.

When going up steep hills, you mighthave to step on the accelerator pedalto maintain the vehicle speed.

When going downhill, you mighthave to brake or shift to a lower gearto keep the vehicle speed down.Applying the brake or downshiftingto 2 SECOND or L LOW turnsoff the cruise control.

Ending Cruise Control

There are several ways to turn offthe cruise control:

• Step on the brake pedal or pushthe clutch pedal, if the vehiclehas a manual transmission.

• Press the ON-OFF button.

• Pull the cruise control levertoward you.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed memoryis erased when the cruise control orthe ignition is turned off.



Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument panelcluster flashes in the direction of theturn or lane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until thelane change is completed.

The lever returns to its startingposition whenever it is released.

If after signaling a turn or alane change the arrow flashesrapidly or does not come on,a signal bulb may be burned out.

Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulbis not burned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakerson page 9-36.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerThe headlamps must be on for thisfeature to work.

Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you to turn the high beams on.

This instrument panel cluster light3 comes on while the high beamheadlamps are on.

Pull the lever towards you to returnto low beams.

Flash-to-PassThis feature is used to signal to thevehicle ahead that you want to pass.With the lever in the low-beamposition, pull the lever toward you tomomentarily switch to high-beams.If the headlamps are on when thelever is released, the high-beams willreturn to low-beam.

Windshield Wipers

The windshield wiper/washer leveris located on the right side ofthe steering column.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

z (Mist): Move the lever to mist,for a single wiping cycle and thenrelease. The wipers stop afterone wipe.

( (Off): Move the lever to thisposition to turn the wipers off.



& (Intermittent): Move the leverto choose a delayed wiping cycle.

For vehicles with the variableintermittent feature, the timebetween wipes can be adjusted.Turn the & band for a longeror shorter delay interval.

q (Low): Use for steady wiping atlow speed.

l (High): Use for steady wiping athigh speed.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If theblades are frozen to the windshield,loosen or thaw them. If theybecome damaged, get new bladesor blade inserts. See WindshieldWiper Blade Replacement onpage 9-25.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewipers. A circuit breaker stopsthem until the motor cools.

Windshield WasherPull the lever toward you to spraywasher fluid on the windshield.The spray continues until the leveris released. The wipers will runa few times. See Windshield WasherFluid on page 9-24 for informationon filling the windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ CAUTION

In freezing weather, do not useyour washer until the windshieldis warmed. Otherwise thewasher fluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear WindowWiper/WasherZ Rear Wiper: Turn the end ofthe lever to low or high, to turnon the rear window wiper.

y (Low): For steady rear wiping atlow speed.

x (High): For steady rear wipingat high speed.

= (Rear Washer): Turn the endof the lever up or down as faras it will go, to squirt washer fluidon the rear window. The knobautomatically returns from thesepositions after it is released.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and therear window. Check the fluid levelin the reservoir if either washeris not working. See WindshieldWasher Fluid on page 9-24.



{ CAUTION

In freezing weather, do not useyour washer until the windshieldis warmed. Otherwise thewasher fluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Accessory PowerOutlet(s)Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in auxiliary electricalequipment.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the center floorconsole below the shift lever.

To use the outlet, the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY. Pull down thesmall cover to access the outlet.

Notice: Leaving electricalequipment on for extendedperiods will drain the battery.Always turn off electricalequipment when not in use anddo not plug in equipment thatexceeds the maximum amperagerating.

This circuit is protected by a fuseand has a maximum current level.Do not use equipment exceedingthe maximum amperage rating.

Certain power accessory plugs maynot be compatible to the poweraccessory outlet and could resultin a blown vehicle or adapterfuse. See your dealer/retailer foradditional information on the poweraccessory plugs.

Notice: Adding any electricalequipment to the vehicle candamage it or keep othercomponents from working asthey should. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not use equipmentexceeding maximum amperagerating of 20 amperes. Checkwith your dealer/retailer beforeadding electrical equipment.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions includedwith the equipment.

Notice: Improper use of thepower outlet can cause damagenot covered by the warranty.Do not hang any type ofaccessory or accessory bracketfrom the plug because thepower outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only.



Power Outlet 115 VoltAlternating CurrentElectrical equipment with amaximum limit of 115 VAC can beplugged into this power outlet. If theequipment used requires more thanthe limit, a protection circuit willcut the power supply. The powerautomatically restarts whenequipment that operates withinthe limit is plugged in.

The power outlet is located belowthe shift lever.

Before using the outlet, turn onthe ignition and press the buttonlocated on the instrument panelbelow the climate control system.

An indicator light in the buttoncomes on. After using the outlet,press the button again to turn it off.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following electrical equipmentand they may not work properly:

• Equipment with high initial peakwattage: cathode-ray tube typetelevisions, compressor-drivenrefrigerators, or electricpower tools.

• Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

Ashtray(s)For vehicles with a removableashtray, it is located in the frontcupholder in the center consolestorage area.

Notice: If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put inthe ashtray, hot cigarettes orother smoking materials couldignite them and possibly damagethe vehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

For vehicles with a lighter, pushthe lighter down and it will pop upwhen it is ready to be used.The ignition switch must be in theACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition to use the lighter.



Notice: Holding a cigarettelighter in while it is heating doesnot let the lighter back away fromthe heating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could be blown.Do not hold a cigarette lighter inwhile it is heating.

It is not recommended to use thecigarette lighter to plug in auxiliaryelectrical equipment. Use theaccessory power outlet for phonesand other electrical equipment.See Accessory Power Outlet(s)on page 4-9 or Power Outlet115 Volt Alternating Currenton page 4-10.

Warning Lights,Gages, and IndicatorsWarning lights and gages cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gages couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when theremay be or is a problem with oneof the vehicle’s functions. Somewarning lights come on briefly whenthe engine is started to indicatethey are working.

Gages can indicate when there maybe or is a problem with one of thevehicle’s functions. Often gages andwarning lights work together toindicate a problem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gagesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual’s advice.Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.



Instrument Panel ClusterThis feature is designed to show at a glance how the vehicle is running. It shows vehicle speed, how much fuel isleft in the fuel tank and many other things needed to drive safely and economically.

United States Base Cluster shown, Canada similar



Speedometer andOdometerThe speedometer shows the vehiclespeed in both miles per hour (mph)and kilometers per hour (km/h).The odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven.

If the vehicle needs a new odometerinstalled, the new one must beset to the mileage total of the oldodometer. If it cannot be reset, thenit must be set at zero and a labelput on the driver door to showthe old mileage reading when thenew odometer was installed.See your dealer/retailer for moreinformation.

Trip Odometer(s)The trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last set to zero.

The button located above theodometer allows switching betweenthe odometer and the trip odometer.

To set the trip odometer to zero,press and hold the button.

Temperature DisplayThe outside air temperature isdisplayed on the center of theinstrument panel, within the tripodometer. The display showsthe outside air temperature inFahrenheit with a range from−40°F to 122°F (−40°C to 50°C).

TachometerThe tachometer shows enginespeed in thousands of revolutionsper minute (rpm).

Notice: If the engine is operatedwhile the tachometer is in theshaded warning area, the vehiclecould be damaged, and thedamages would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with thetachometer in the shadedwarning area.



Safety Belt RemindersWhen the engine is started, a chimewill sound for several seconds toremind people to fasten their safetybelts, unless the driver safetybelt is already buckled.

The safety belt light will also flashuntil the driver belt is buckled. If thedriver belt is already buckled, neitherthe chime nor the light comes on.

The vehicle also has a safety beltreminder light for the right frontpassenger position next to thepassenger airbag status indicator.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 4-15.

This light is located on the center ofthe instrument panel, next to theaudio system.

When the key is turned to ON/RUNor START, this light comes onas a reminder for the right frontpassenger to fasten their safety belt.This light flashes until the rightfront passenger safety belt isbuckled. The passenger safety beltreminder light will not come on ifthe right front passenger beltis already buckled or if a sensordoes not detect the weight ofa passenger in that seat.

If something is placed on the rightfront passenger seat, the sensorsin the seat may detect thatobject and cause the right frontpassenger safety belt reminderlight to come on. If this happens,remove the object.

Airbag Readiness LightThere is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol.The system checks the airbag’selectrical system for malfunctions.The light stays on if there is anelectrical problem. The systemmonitors the airbag sensorassembly, front airbag sensors,seat-mounted side impact androof-mounted airbag sensors, driverseat position sensor, driver seatbelt buckle switch, right frontoccupant sensing system andindicator light, front passengerseat belt buckle switch, seat beltpretensioner assemblies, inflators,interconnecting wiring and powersources. For more informationon the airbag system, see AirbagSystem on page 1-21.



This light will come on briefly whenthe vehicle is started, then it shouldgo out indicating the system is ready.

{ CAUTION

If the airbag readiness light stayson or keeps flashing after youstart your vehicle, it means theairbag system and safety beltpretension system may not beworking properly. The airbags inyour vehicle may not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle serviced right away ifthe airbag readiness light stays onafter you start your vehicle.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 1-28for important safety information.

The instrument panel has apassenger airbag status indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check.

Then, after several more seconds,the status indicator will lighteither ON or OFF if there is weighton the seat, to let you know the

status of the right front passengerfrontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags (if equipped).If the seat is unoccupied, the lightwill not be visible after the systemcheck.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator,it means that the right frontpassenger frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbags (if equipped)are enabled (may inflate).

If the word OFF is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger’s frontal airbag andseat-mounted side impact airbag(if equipped). See PassengerSensing System on page 1-28 formore on this, including importantsafety information.



If, after several seconds, all statusindicator lights remain on, theremay be a problem with the lights orthe passenger sensing system.See your dealer/retailer for service.

{ CAUTION

If the airbag readiness light in theinstrument panel cluster evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. If this everhappens, have the vehicleserviced promptly, because anadult-size person sitting in theright front passenger’s seat maynot have the protection of theairbag(s). See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 4-14 for more onthis, including important safetyinformation.

Service AirbagNotification SystemMessageIf the Service Airbag NotificationSystem message appears on theradio display, the vehicle may notbe able to provide the AutomaticNotification of Airbag Deploymentfeature. See OnStar® System onpage 4-25 for information on thisfeature. See your dealer/retailer forservice.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running,as a check to show the light isworking. It should go out when theengine is started.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer/retailer. Driving while this lightis on could drain the battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as theradio and air conditioner.



Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle’s hydraulic brakesystem is divided into two parts.If one part is not working, the otherpart can still work and stop thevehicle. For good braking both partsneed to be working well.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

If the vehicle has anti-lock brakes,this light should come on whenthe key is turned to START.

If it does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light also comeson when the parking brake isset. The light will stay on if theparking brake does not fully release.If it stays on after the parkingbrake is fully released, it meansthere is a brake problem.

{ CAUTION

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on after thevehicle has been pulled off theroad and carefully stopped, havethe vehicle towed for service.

See Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light later in this sectionand Towing Your Vehicle onpage 9-75.

United States Canada



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The ABS warning light comes onbriefly when the ignition key isturned to ON/RUN. This is normal.If the light does not come on then,have it fixed so it will be readyto warn you if there is a problem.

If the light stays on, turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF. If the light comeson while driving, stop as soonas possible and turn the ignition off.Then start the engine again toreset the system. If the lightstill stays on, or comes on againwhile driving, the vehicle needsservice. If the regular brake systemwarning light is not on, there arestill brakes, but no antilock brakes.

If the regular brake systemwarning light is also on, there areno antilock brakes and there isa problem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Lighton page 4-17.

Speed Sensitive PowerSteering (SSPS)Warning Light

Vehicles with this feature, have awarning light that comes on brieflywhen the ignition is turned toON/RUN as a check to show it isworking.

If the warning light does not comeon, have it fixed so it will be able towarn if there is a problem.

If the warning light stays on, orcomes on while driving, the SpeedSensitive Power Steering maynot be working. See yourdealer/retailer for service.

Low Tire PressureWarning Light

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started.

If there is a tire with low tirepressure, the light will stay on orcome back on.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 9-48 for more information.




Traction Control System(TCS) Warning Light

This warning light comes on brieflywhen the ignition is turned toON/RUN.

It also comes on when the TractionControl System is turned off bypressing the TRAC OFF button.See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 8-21 for more information.

If it stays on or comes on whiledriving, there is a problem with theTraction Control System (TCS),contact your dealer/retailer.

StabiliTrak® IndicatorLight

This light warns that there is aproblem with the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or the VehicleStability Control (VSC) system.

The light comes on when the ignitionis turned to ON/RUN.

If the light comes on while driving,the system is not working.

The TCS light comes on when theVSC system warning light comes on,even if the TRAC OFF button isnot pressed.

See StabiliTrak® System onpage 8-22 for more information onVehicle Stability Control System.

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 8-21 for more information.

Contact your dealer/retailer, ifthe light does not come on or if itstays on.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gage

This gage shows the engine coolanttemperature. If the gage pointermoves into the red area, the engineis too hot. Pull off the road, stopthe vehicle, and turn off the engineas soon as possible. See EngineOverheating on page 9-22.




MalfunctionIndicator LampCheck Engine LightA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors operation ofthe fuel, ignition, and emissioncontrol systems. It makes surethat emissions are at acceptablelevels for the life of the vehicle,helping to produce a cleanerenvironment.

This light comes on when the ignitionis on, but the engine is not running,as a check to show it is working. If itdoes not, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer/retailer.

If the check engine light comes onand stays on, when the engineis running, this indicates that thereis an OBD II problem and serviceis required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problemis apparent. Heeding the light canprevent more serious damage to thevehicle. This system assists theservice technician in correctlydiagnosing any malfunction.

Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with this lighton, after a while, the emissioncontrols might not work as well,the vehicle’s fuel economymight not be as good, andthe engine might not run assmoothly. This could leadto costly repairs that mightnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Notice: Modifications madeto the engine, transmission,exhaust, intake, or fuel system ofthe vehicle or the replacementof the original tires with otherthan those of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) canaffect the vehicle’s emissioncontrols and can cause this lightto come on. Modifications tothese systems could leadto costly repairs not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Thiscould also result in a failureto pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test.See Accessories andModifications on page 9-3.




This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

The following can prevent moreserious damage to the vehicle:

• Reduce vehicle speed.

• Avoid hard accelerations.

• Avoid steep uphill grades.

• If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauledas soon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, whenit is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.Find a safe place to park thevehicle. Turn the key off, wait atleast 10 seconds, and restartthe engine. If the light is stillflashing, follow the previous stepsand see your dealer/retailer forservice as soon as possible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction has beendetected on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

An emission system malfunctionmight be corrected by doingthe following:

• Make sure the fuel cap is fullyinstalled. See Filling the Tank onpage 8-38. The diagnostic systemcan determine if the fuel caphas been left off or improperlyinstalled. A loose or missing fuelcap allows fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off.

• If the vehicle has been driventhrough a deep puddle of water,the vehicle’s electrical systemmight be wet. The condition isusually corrected when theelectrical system dries out.A few driving trips should turnthe light off.

• Make sure to fuel the vehicle withquality fuel. Poor fuel qualitycauses the engine not to run asefficiently as designed and maycause: stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration, orstumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.If one or more of these conditionsoccurs, change the fuel brandused. It will require at leastone full tank of the proper fuelto turn the light off.See Gasoline Octane onpage 8-36.

If none of the above have made thelight turn off, your dealer/retailer cancheck the vehicle. The dealer/retailerhas the proper test equipment anddiagnostic tools to fix any mechanicalor electrical problems that mighthave developed.



Emissions Inspection andMaintenance ProgramsSome state/provincial and localgovernments have or might beginprograms to inspect the emissioncontrol equipment on the vehicle.Failure to pass this inspection couldprevent getting a vehicle registration.

Here are some things to know tohelp the vehicle pass an inspection:

• The vehicle will not pass thisinspection if the check enginelight is on with the enginerunning, or if the key is in theON/RUN and the light is not on.

• The vehicle will not passthis inspection if the OBD II(on-board diagnostic) systemdetermines that critical emissioncontrol systems have not beencompletely diagnosed by thesystem. The vehicle wouldbe considered not ready for

inspection. This can happen ifthe battery has recently beenreplaced or if the battery has rundown. The diagnostic systemis designed to evaluate criticalemission control systemsduring normal driving. This cantake several days of routinedriving. If this has been doneand the vehicle still does notpass the inspection for lackof OBD II system readiness,your dealer/retailer can preparethe vehicle for inspection.

Security Light

For information regarding this lightand the vehicle’s security system,see Content Theft-Deterrenton page 2-10.

Oil Pressure Light

{ CAUTION

Do not keep driving if the oilpressure is low. The engine canbecome so hot that it catches fire.Someone could be burned. Checkthe oil as soon as possible andhave the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always follow the maintenanceschedule in this manual forchanging engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by yourdealer/retailer.



If the light comes on and stays on,it means that oil is not flowingthrough the engine properly.The vehicle could be low on oil andmight have some other systemproblem.

Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with this feature,this light comes on whenever thefront fog lamps are on.

See Exterior Lamps Controls onpage 5-1 for more information.

Lights On Reminder

This light comes on whenever theheadlights are on.


Taillamp Indicator Light

This light will come on when yourtaillamps are on.


Cruise Control Light

The CRUISE light comes on whenthe cruise control is on.

See Cruise Control on page 4-4 formore information.

Low Washer FluidWarning Light

This light comes on when thewindshield washer fluid is low.See Windshield Washer Fluid onpage 9-24 for more information.

Canada Only

Canada Only



Service All-Wheel DriveLight

This light will come on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, and theengine is not running, as a check toshow you it is working.

It should go out when the engine isstarted. It should go out when theengine is started. If it stays on, orcomes on while you are driving, youmay have a problem with the system.Have it checked by your dealer/retailer.

The four-wheel-drive indicator willlight up when the All-Wheel driveis active.

Highbeam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 4-7 for moreinformation.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on if any door,the rear liftgate, or the rear liftglassare not completely closed.

Fuel Gage

The fuel gage shows about howmuch fuel is in the fuel tank.An arrow on the fuel gage indicatesthat the fuel filler door is on the driverside of the vehicle. The fuel gageworks only when the ignition switch isturned to ON/RUN. When the gagefirst indicates E or empty, there is stillabout 2 gallons ( 7.6 L) of fuel left,but more needs to be added rightaway. When the vehicle is low on fuelthe low fuel warning light, locatedbelow the empty mark, comes on.




Five things that do not indicate aproblem with the fuel gage:

• At the gas station, the fuel pumpshuts off before the gage readsF or full.

• It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gage indicated.For example, the gage mayhave indicated the tank was halffull, but it actually took moreor less than half the tank’scapacity to fill it.

• It takes the gage several minutesto read F or full after filling thevehicle with fuel.

• The gage moves a little whenyou turn, stop or speed up.

• The gage does not go back toE or empty when you turn offthe ignition.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light, on the fuel gage, comeson when the fuel tank is low onfuel. To turn if off, add fuel to thefuel tank.

OnStar® System

OnStar uses several innovativetechnologies and live advisors toprovide a wide range of safety,security, information, andconvenience services. If the airbagsdeploy, the system is designed tomake an automatic call to OnStarEmergency advisors who canrequest emergency services besent to your location. If the keys arelocked in the vehicle, call OnStar at1-888-4-ONSTAR to have a signalsent to unlock the doors. OnStarHands-Free Calling, including30 trial minutes good for 60 days, isavailable on most vehicles. Press theOnStar button to have an OnStaradvisor contact Roadside Service.




OnStar service is provided subjectto the OnStar Terms and Conditionsincluded in the OnStar Subscriberglove box literature.

Some services such as Remote DoorUnlock or Stolen Vehicle LocationAssistance may not be available untilthe owner of the vehicle registerswith OnStar. After the first prepaidyear, contact OnStar to select amonthly or annual subscriptionpayment plan. If a payment plan isnot selected, the OnStar systemand all services, including airbagnotification and emergency services,may be deactivated and no longeravailable. For more informationvisit www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada), or pressthe OnStar button to speak with anadvisor.

Not all OnStar services are availableon all vehicles. To check if thisvehicle is able to provide theservices described below, or for afull description of OnStar services

and system limitations, see theOnStar Owner’s Guide in theglove box or visit www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada),contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) or TTY1-877-248-2080, or press theOnStar button to speak with anOnStar advisor 24 hours a day,7 days a week.

OnStar Services Availablewith the Safe & Sound Plan• Automatic Notification of

Airbag Deployment

• Link to Emergency Services

• Roadside Assistance

• Stolen Vehicle LocationAssistance

• Remote Door Unlock/VehicleAlert

• OnStar Hands-Free Calling with30 trial minutes

• OnStar Virtual Advisor (U.S. Only)

OnStar Services Included withDirections & Connections Plan• All Safe and Sound Plan Services

• Driving Directions - AdvisorDelivered

• RideAssist

• Information and ConvenienceServices

OnStar Hands-Free CallingOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowseligible OnStar subscribers to makeand receive calls using voicecommands. Hands-Free Calling isfully integrated into the vehicle, andcan be used with OnStar Pre-PaidMinute Packages. Most vehiclesinclude 30 trial minutes good for60 days. Hands-Free Calling canalso be linked to a Verizon Wirelessservice plan in the U.S. or a BellMobility service plan in Canada,depending on eligibility.



To find out more, refer to the OnStarOwner’s Guide in the vehicle’s glovebox, visit www.onstar.com orwww.onstar.ca, or speak withan OnStar advisor by pressingthe OnStar button or calling1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).

OnStar Virtual AdvisorOnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature ofOnStar Hands-Free Calling that usesminutes to access location-basedweather, local traffic reports, andstock quotes. Press the phonebutton and give a few simple voicecommands to browse through thevarious topics. See the OnStarOwner’s Guide for more information.This feature is only available in thecontinental U.S.

How OnStar Service WorksThe OnStar system can recordand transmit vehicle information.This information is automaticallysent to an OnStar Call Center whenthe OnStar button is pressed, theemergency button is pressed, or if

the airbags deploy. This informationusually includes the vehicles GPSlocation and, in the event of a crash,additional information regarding thecrash that the vehicle was involved in(e.g. the direction from which thevehicle was hit). When the VirtualAdvisor feature of OnStarHands-Free Calling is used, thevehicle also sends OnStar thevehicles GPS location so they canprovide services where it is located.

OnStar service cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. OnStar service alsocannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where the wireless serviceprovider OnStar has hired for thatarea has coverage, network capacityand reception when the service isneeded, and technology that iscompatible with the OnStar service.Not all services are availableeverywhere, particularly in remoteor enclosed areas, or at all times.

Location information about thevehicle is only available if the GPSsatellite signals are unobstructedand available.The vehicle must have a workingelectrical system, including adequatebattery power, for the OnStarequipment to operate. There areother problems OnStar cannotcontrol that may prevent OnStar fromproviding OnStar service at anyparticular time or place. Someexamples are damage to importantparts of the vehicle in a crash, hills,tall buildings, tunnels, weather orwireless phone network congestion.

Your ResponsibilityIncrease the volume of the radio ifthe OnStar advisor cannot be heard.If the light next to the OnStar buttonsis red, the system may not befunctioning properly. If the lightappears clear (no light is appearing),your OnStar subscription hasexpired and all services have beendeactivated. Press the OnStar buttonto confirm that the OnStar equipmentis active.



✍ NOTES



Lighting

LightingExterior Lamps Controls .....5-1Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) ....................5-2

Automatic HeadlampSystem .............................5-2

Fog Lamps .........................5-2Instrument PanelBrightness .........................5-3

Dome Lamp(s) ....................5-3Entry Lighting .....................5-3Reading Lamps ..................5-4Battery Run-DownProtection .........................5-4

Lighting

Exterior Lamps Controls

The lever on the left side of thesteering column operates theexterior lamps.

P / ; (Exterior Lamps): Turn theoutside band of the lever to operatethe lamps. For vehicles sold in theU.S., P appears on the instrumentpanel cluster when the exteriorlamps are on. For vehicles firstsold in Canada, ; appears in theinstrument panel cluster. See LightsOn Reminder on page 4-23.

The exterior lamp switch has threepositions:

( (Off): Turns off all lamps, exceptthe Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).

; (Parking Lamps): Turns onthe parking lamps together with thefollowing:

• Sidemarker Lamps

• Taillamps

• License Plate Lamp

• Instrument Panel Lights

5 (Headlamps): Turns on theheadlamps, together with thepreviously listed lamps and lights.

Headlamps on ReminderA tone sounds when the ignition isturned to LOCK/OFF, the driverdoor is opened and the keyis removed from the ignition whilethe lamps are on.

Lighting 5-1


Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) canmake it easier for others to seethe front of your vehicle during theday. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first soldin Canada.

The DRL system makes theheadlamps come on at a reducedbrightness when the followingconditions are met:

• The ignition is on with theengine running.

• The exterior lamps switch is off.

• The parking brake is released.

When the exterior lamp switchis turned to the headlamp position,the DRL go off and the headlampscome on. The other lamps thatcome on with the headlamps alsocome on.

The headlamps automatically switchfrom DRL to the regular headlampsdepending on the darkness ofthe surroundings. See “AutomaticHeadlamp System” following.

DRL also comes on if only theparking lamps are being used.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside,the automatic headlamp systemturns on the low-beam headlamps atthe normal brightness along withother lamps such as the taillamps,sidemarker, parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. An indicatorlight on the instrument panel comeson when the headlamps are on.See Instrument Panel Cluster onpage 4-12.

If the vehicle is driven through aparking garage, overcast weather, ora tunnel, the automatic headlampsystem may turn on. There isa delay before the lights turn onwhen starting the car at night.

Do not cover the automatic lightsensor, located on the top left cornerof the instrument panel. If thesensor is covered the headlampswill stay on continuously.

Fog Lamps# (Fog Lamps): For vehicles withfog lamps, move the band on the turnsignal/multifunction lever to # to turnthem on. The fog lamps only comeon when the headlamps are onlow beam.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to beon along with the fog lamps.

5-2 Lighting


Instrument PanelBrightness

Use the trip odometer knob locatedon the right side of the instrumentpanel cluster to adjust theinstrument panel brightness.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brightenor dim the instrument panel.

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lights decreases whenthe headlamps are on.

Dome Lamp(s)The interior lamps control is locatedon the overhead lamp. To changethe interior lamps setting, slidethe switch to one of the followingpositions:

OFF: Turns the lamp off.

ON: Keeps the lamp on allthe time.

Door: Turns the lamp on whenany door or the liftgate is opened.The lamp goes off when all the sidedoors and the liftgate are closed.

If the lamp switch is in the doorposition and a door is left open,the lamps will go off automaticallyafter 20 minutes.

Entry LightingAfter all the doors and liftgateare closed, and the key is out ofthe ignition, in LOCK/OFF orACC/ACCESSORY, the lightremains on for about 15 secondsand then goes out, except underthe following conditions:

• The ignition is turned toACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNafter all the doors and liftgateare closed.

• All the doors and the liftgate arelocked and the light is still on.

When any door is unlocked with thekey or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)system transmitter, the light comeson for 15 seconds, even if the door isnot opened.

Lighting 5-3


Reading LampsFor vehicles with a sunroof, there isa reading lamp near the sunroofswitch.

OFF: Turns the lamp off.

ON: Keeps the lamp on allthe time.

Door: Turns the lamp on whenany door or the liftgate is opened.The lamp goes off when all the sidedoors and the liftgate are closed.

Battery Run-DownProtectionThe vehicle has a battery saverfeature designed to protectthe vehicle’s battery.

This feature will only work with thedome lamp in the Door position.

When any interior lamp is left onand the ignition is turned off,the battery rundown protectionsystem automatically turns the lampoff after 20 minutes. This preventsdraining of the battery.

5-4 Lighting


Infotainment

Audio System(s)Audio System(s) .................6-1Setting the Clock ................6-2Radio(s) .............................6-3Using an MP3 ....................6-9XM Radio Messages .........6-12Audio Steering WheelControls ..........................6-13

Radio Reception ...............6-14Fixed Mast Antenna ..........6-14XM™ Satellite RadioAntenna System ..............6-14

Audio System(s)Determine which radio the vehiclehas and read the following pages tobecome familiar with its features.

{ CAUTION

Taking your eyes off the road forextended periods could causea crash resulting in injury ordeath to you or others. Do notgive extended attention toentertainment tasks while driving.

This system provides access tomany audio and non audio listings.

To minimize taking your eyes off theroad while driving, do the followingwhile the vehicle is parked:

• Become familiar with theoperation and controls ofthe audio system.

• Set up the tone, speakeradjustments, and preset radiostations.

For more information, see DefensiveDriving on page 8-17.

Infotainment 6-1


Setting the ClockThe radio has a CLOCK button foradjusting the time and date.The date does not automaticallydisplay. To see the date pressCLOCK while the radio is on.The date with display times out aftera few seconds and goes back tothe normal radio and time display.To adjust the time and date:

1. Turn the ignition key toACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

2. Press the PWR VOL(Power/Volume) knob toturn on the radio.

3. Press the CLOCK button, andthe HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY(hour, minute, month, day,and year) categories display.

4. Press the button under thecategory to be adjusted.

5. To increase the time or date,do one of the following: turnthe TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust)knob clockwise, pressSEEK/TRACK y, pressFWD ( (Forward), or continueto press the button under thecategory to be adjusted.

6. To decrease the time or date,do one of the following:turn the TUNE ADJ knobcounterclockwise, pressSEEK/TRACK z, or pressREV ) (Reverse).

7. To save the settings, pressthe CLOCK button, or letthe display time out.

To change the time default settingfrom 12 hour to 24 hour, and tochange the date default setting frommonth/day/year to day/month/year:

1. Press the CLOCK buttonand then the button below theforward arrow label on thedisplay. The 12H and 24H, andthe date MMDD (month andday) and DDMM (day and month)categories will display.

2. Press the button below the12H or 24H label, and thedate MMDD (month and day) orDDMM (day and month) labelto choose how the radio displaysthe time and date.

3. To save the settings, pressthe CLOCK button, or letthe screen time out.

6-2 Infotainment


Radio(s)

Playing the Radio

PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Pressto turn the radio on and off. Turnthe PWR VOL knob to adjustthe volume.

CLOCK: Press to adjust the time.See Setting the Clock on page 6-2for more information.

Finding a Station

BAND: Press to select AM, FM,or XM.

TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust): Turn toselect radio stations.

y SEEK TRACKz: Press to go tothe previous or next radio station.The radio only stops at stations witha strong signal.

SCAN: Press to enter scan mode.The radio will display Scanning,then goes to the next station, playsfor a few seconds, then continueson to the next station. Press SCANagain to stop scanning. The radioonly stops at stations with astrong signal.

INFO (Information) (FM-RDS,XM™ Satellite Radio Service, andMP3 Features): Press to displayinformation for the current FM-RDS,XM station, or MP3 song. Choosefrom Channel, Song, Artist, andCAT (category).

NO INFO displays when informationis not available from the station.

Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with CD (Base) similar

Infotainment 6-3


Setting Preset Stations

FAV (Favorites): Press to selectup to six pages of favorites.Each page contains six favoritestations, and each page of favoritescan contain any combination ofAM, FM, or XM™ stations.

For vehicles without XM, onlyfour pages of favorites are available.

To setup the number of favoritespages:

1. Press the MENU button todisplay the radio setup menu.

2. Press the button located belowthe FAV 1-6 label.

3. Select the desired number offavorites pages by pressingthe button located belowthe displayed page numbers.

4. Press the FAV button, or let themenu time out, to return to theradio screen.

To store a radio station as a favorite:

1. Tune to the desired radio station.

2. Press the FAV button todisplay the page where it canbe stored.

3. Press and hold one of thesix buttons until a beep sounds.

4. Repeat the steps to store anotherradio station.

Setting the Tone(Bass/Midrange/Treble)To adjust the bass, midrange, andtreble:

1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob.

2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob, orpress the button below BASS,MID, or TREB so it is highlighted.

3. Press the TUNE ADJ knobto select BASS, MID, or TREB.

4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knobto adjust the level.

5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to setthe adjustment.

EQ (Equalization): To selectcustomized equalization settings:

1. Press EQ.

2. Press the button below the label:POP, ROCK, COUNTRY, TALK,JAZZ, and CLASSICAL.

Adjusting the Speakers(Balance/Fade)To adjust the balance or fade,perform the following steps:

1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob.

2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knobor press the button below BALFADE so it is highlighted.

3. Press the TUNE ADJ knob toselect the tone to adjust.

4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob toadjust the audio balance tothe right or the left speakersand the fade to adjust the audiovolume to the front or rearspeakers.

5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to setthe adjustment.

6-4 Infotainment


Finding a Category (CAT)Station (XM Satellite RadioService Only)If CAT times out and is no longeron the display, return to Step 1.

To select and find a desiredcategory:

1. Press the CAT button.

2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob toselect a category.

3. Press y or z to go to thecategory’s first station, when thedesired category is displayed.

4. Press y or z to go to anotherstation within the selectedcategory.

5. Press CAT to exit the categoryselect mode or wait for CAT totime out.

NOT FOUND displays if the desiredcategory cannot be found.

Scanning Categories (CAT)(XM Satellite RadioService Only)To scan a desired category:

1. Press the CAT button to enterthe category select mode.

2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob toselect a category.

3. Press y or z for two secondsto scan the stations in theselected category.

4. Press y or z again to stopscanning.

NOT FOUND displays if the desiredcategory cannot be found.

XM Satellite Radio ServiceXM is a satellite radio servicethat is based in the 48 contiguousUnited States and 10 Canadianprovinces. XM Satellite Radiohas a wide variety of programmingand commercial-free music,coast-to-coast, and in digital-qualitysound. During your trial or when yousubscribe, you will get unlimitedaccess to XM Radio Online for whenyou are not in your vehicle. A servicefee is required to receive the XMservice. For more information,contact XM at www.xmradio.comor call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

Infotainment 6-5


Radio Data System (RDS)The audio system has Radio DataSystem (RDS). RDS features areavailable for use only on FM stationsthat broadcast RDS information.

With RDS:• Stations can be selected based

on programming.• Stations with traffic

announcements can be selected.• Announcements concerning local

and national emergencies can bereceived.

• Messages display from radiostations.

RDS relies on receiving specificinformation from radio stations andonly works when the informationis available. In rare cases, aradio station could broadcastincorrect information that causes theradio features to work improperly.Contact the radio station if thishappens.

When the radio is tuned to an RDSstation, the station name or callletters display instead of thefrequency. RDS stations can alsoprovide the time of day, a programtype (PTY) for current programming,and the name of the program beingbroadcast.

RDS MessagesALERT: Displays when local ornational emergency announcementsare received. If the radio tunes toa related network station for theannouncement, it returns to theoriginal station when theannouncement ends. Theannouncement should be heardeven if the volume is low or a CD isplaying. If a CD is playing, it will stopplaying during the announcement.

• The RDS alert feature is notsupported by all RDS radiostations.

• The RDS alert feature cannot beturned off.

• Alert is not affected by tests of theemergency broadcast system.

MSG (Message): Displays if thecurrent RDS station has a message.The message displays the artist,song title, call in phone numbers,etc. If the entire message does notdisplay, parts of the message appearevery three seconds until themessage is completed. MSGdisappears from the display once thecompleted message has displayed.

Radio Messages for XM OnlySee XM Radio Messages onpage 6-12 later in this section forfurther detail.

6-6 Infotainment


Playing a CDThe CD player can play the smaller3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with anadapter ring.

1. Insert a CD label side uppartway into the slot.

2. The CD player pulls the CD inand begins playing.

3. The CD symbol and tracknumber displays.

4. The CD stays in the player if theignition or radio is turned off.

5. If the CD was the last sourceselected, it resumes playingwhen the radio is turned on.

Y (EJECT): Press and release toeject a CD. Once ejected it can beremoved. If the CD is not removedafter several seconds the CD playerautomatically pulls the disc back intothe player and starts playing.

TUNE ADJ: Turn the TUNE ADJknob to select tracks on the CD.

y SEEK TRACK z: Press y togo to the start of the currenttrack, if more than ten secondshave played. Press z to go to thenext track. Holding or pressingy or z multiple times causes theplayer to continue moving backwardor forward through the tracks onthe CD.

( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/Fast Reverse): Press and hold (

to advance playback quickly within atrack. Release to resume playing thetrack. Press and hold ) to reverseplayback quickly within a track.Release to resume playing the track.

BAND: Press to listen to the radiowhen a CD is playing.

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press toplay a CD when listening to the radio.

Press the CD/AUX button again andthe system begins playing audio fromthe connected portable audio player.If a portable audio player is notconnected, “No Input Device Found”displays.

See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack”later in this section.

INFO (Information): Press toswitch the display between thetrack number, elapsed time of thetrack, and the time. When theignition is off, press this button todisplay the time.

EQ (Equalization): Press to selectan equalization setting while playinga CD. See “EQ” listed previously formore information. If an EQ setting isselected for a CD, it is activated eachtime a CD is played.

Infotainment 6-7


Care of CDs

The sound quality of the CD playercan be reduced because of:

• The CD-R quality.

• The method of recordingthe CD-R.

• The quality of the music that hasbeen recorded on the CD-R.

• The way the CD-R has beenhandled.

Store CD-R(s) in their original casesor other protective cases andaway from dust and direct sunlight.The CD player scans the bottomsurface of the disc. If the surfaceof a CD is damaged, such ascracked, broken, or scratched, theCD may not play properly or atall. Do not touch the bottom side ofa CD while handling it; this coulddamage the surface. Pick up CDsby grasping the outer edges orthe edge of the hole and theouter edge.

To clean a CD, use a soft lint freecloth, or dampen a clean soft clothin a mild neutral detergent solutionmixed with water. Wipe the CD fromthe center to the edge.

Care of The CD PlayerUse a marking pen to identify CDs,do not add labels.

Do not use CD lens cleaners; theycould damage the CD player.

Notice: If a label is added to a CD,or more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD playercould be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,and debris.If an error displays, see “CDMessages” later in this section.

Playing an MP3 CD-R DiscRadios with the MP3 feature arecapable of playing an MP3 CD-Rdisc. For more information on how toplay an MP3 CD-R disc, see Usingan MP3 later in this section.

CD MessagesIf the CD ejects, it could be forone of the following reasons:

• The CD player is very hot.When the temperature returns tonormal, the CD should play.

• The road is very rough. Whenthe road becomes smoother,the CD should play.

• The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,or upside down.

• The air is very humid. If so, waitabout an hour and try again.

• The format of the CD might notbe compatible. See Using anMP3 later in this section.

6-8 Infotainment


• A problem may have occurredwhile burning the CD.

• The label could be caught in theCD player.

If any error occurs repeatedly or ifan error cannot be corrected,contact your dealer/retailer. If theradio displays an error message,write it down and provide it to yourdealer/retailer when reportingthe problem.

Using the Auxiliary Input JackThe radio has an auxiliary inputjack located on the lower right sideof the faceplate. This is not anaudio output; do not plug theheadphone set into the frontauxiliary input jack. An externalaudio device such as an iPod,laptop computer, MP3 player, CDchanger, etc. can be connectedto the auxiliary input jack for useas another audio source.

To use a portable audio player,connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 inch) cableto the radio’s front auxiliary inputjack. When a device is connected,press the radio CD/AUX buttonto begin playing audio fromthe device over the vehiclespeakers.

PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Turnto adjust the volume. Additionalvolume adjustments may have to bemade from the portable device ifthe volume is too quiet or not loud.

BAND: Press to listen to theradio when a portable audio deviceis playing.

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press toplay a CD when a portable audiodevice is playing. Press againand the system begins playingaudio from the connected portableaudio player.

Using an MP3MP3 CD-R DiscMP3 FormatThe MP3 player will only playCD-R discs. It can read and play amaximum of:• 50 folders• 11 folders in depth• 50 playlists• 10 sessions• 255 files

All folders, playlists, sessions andfiles over the maximum are ignored.

Record an MP3 disc:• Onto a CD-R disc.• Record playlists with an .m3u or

.wpl extension.• Do not mix standard audio and

MP3 files on the same disc.• Record the entire disc at once.• Finalize the disc when recording

an MP3 disc with multiplesessions.

Infotainment 6-9


Root Directory

The root directory is treated as afolder. All .mp3 files in the rootdirectory are accessed beforefolders in the root directory.

Empty Directory or Folder

Empty folders and directories donot display. The system ignoresempty directories and folders andadvances to the next directoryor folder that has .mp3 files in it.

No Folder

On a CD that contains only .mp3files in the root directory thenext and previous folder functionsdo not work.

On a CD that contains playlistsand .mp3 files the next and previousfolder functions search playlistsfirst and then search .mp3 files inthe root folder.

Order of Play

CDs that have playlists play thetracks in the following order:

1. After the first track in the firstplaylist ends, play continuessequentially through all tracksin each playlist

2. After the last track of the lastplaylist ends, play restartsfrom the first track of the firstplaylist.

CDs that do not have playlists playthe tracks in the following order:

1. The first file in the root directoryplays.

2. After all files from the rootdirectory have played, files in thefolders play.

3. After playing the last file from thelast folder, play restarts with thefirst file in the root directory.

File System and Naming

The radio display shows, tracknames that are shorter than39 characters. Names that arelonger are shortened. The trackname appears as:

• The song name that is in theID3 tag.

• The file name without the fileextension if the song name isnot in the ID3 tag.

Preprogrammed Playlists

Playlists are accessed before filesor folders in the root directory.

Preprogrammed playlists createdby WinAmp™, MusicMatch™,or Real Jukebox™ software canbe accessed and are treatedas special folders containingcompressed audio song files.

6-10 Infotainment


Music Navigator

The music navigator feature letsMP3 CDs play in order by artist oralbum.• The MP3 player scans the disc

to sort the files by artist andalbum ID3 tag information.

• It can take several minutes toscan the disc dependingon the number of MP3 filesrecorded to the CD-R.

• The radio starts playing whilethe disc is being scanned.

• After the scan is finished,the disc starts playing.

Playing an MP3

The MP3 player can play thesmaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDswith an adapter ring.

1. Insert a CD label side uppartway into the slot.

2. The CD player pulls the CD inand begins playing.

3. The CD stays in the player if theignition or radio is turned off.

4. If the CD was the last sourceselected, it resumes playingwhen the radio is turned on.

Y (EJECT): Press and releaseto eject a CD. Once the disc isejected it can be removed.If the CD is not removed afterseveral seconds the CD playerautomatically pulls the disc backinto the player and starts playing.

y SEEK TRACK z: Press to go tothe start of the current track, ifmore than ten seconds have played.Press z to go to the next track.Holding or pressing y or z multipletimes will cause the player tocontinue moving backward orforward through the tracks onthe CD.

( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/Fast Reverse): Press and hold )to advance playback quickly withina track. Release ( to resumeplaying the track. Press and hold )to reverse playback quickly within atrack. Release ( to resumeplaying the track.

BAND: Press to listen to the radiowhen a CD is playing.

INFO (Information): Press whenan MP3 CD is loaded, then pressthe button below the Song, Artist,Album, or Folder label to viewthe information.

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press toplay a CD when listening to theradio.

Press the CD/AUX button again andthe system begins playing audiofrom the connected portable audioplayer. If a portable audio playeris not connected, “No Input DeviceFound” displays.

Infotainment 6-11


RDM (Random): Press the buttonbelow the RDM label to hearthe tracks in random order.

Sc (Previous Folder): Pressthe button below to go to thefirst track in the previous folder.

c T (Next Folder): Pressthe button below to go to the firsttrack in the next folder.

h (Music Navigator): Press thebutton below to play MP3 files inorder by artist or album.

SORT: Press the button below theSORT label to change betweenplayback by artist or album whileusing the Music Navigator.

BACK: Press the button below theBACK label to return to the mainmusic navigator screen.

ST (Previous/Next): Press thebutton below to go to the nextor previous artist or album inalphabetical order while usingthe Music Navigator.

XM Radio MessagesXL (Explicit Language Channels):These channels, or any others, canbe blocked at a customer’s request,by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

Updating: The encryption codein the receiver is being updated,and no action is required. Thisprocess should take no longerthan 30 seconds.

No Signal: The system isfunctioning correctly, but the vehicleis in a location that is blockingthe XM™ signal. When the vehicleis moved into an open area, thesignal should return.

Loading XM: The audio system isacquiring and processing audioand text data. No action is needed.This message should disappearshortly.

CH Off Air: This channel is notcurrently in service. Tune to anotherchannel.

CH Unavail: This previouslyassigned channel is no longerassigned. Tune to another station.If this station was one of the presets,choose another station for thatpreset button.

No Info: No artist, song title,category, or text information isavailable at this time on this channel.The system is working properly.

No Info: No text or informationalmessages are available at this timeon this channel. The system isworking properly.

Not Found: There are no channelsavailable for the selected category.The system is working properly.

6-12 Infotainment


XM Locked: The XM™ receiver inyour vehicle may have previouslybeen in another vehicle. For securitypurposes, XM™ receivers cannotbe swapped between vehicles. If thismessage is received after havingyour vehicle serviced, checkwith your dealer/retailer.

Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,this message alternates withthe XM™ Radio eight digit radioID label. This label is neededto activate the service.

Unknown: If this message isreceived when tuned to channel 0,there may be a receiver fault.Consult with your dealer/retailer.

Chk XMRcvr: If this message doesnot clear within a short period oftime, the receiver may have a fault.Consult with your dealer/retailer.

Audio Steering WheelControls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel. They include the following:

− q + (Volume): Press todecrease or increase the volume.

ª«(Next/Previous): Press toselect the next or previous radiostation, CD track, or MP3 folder.

• Press ª or « to go to the nextor previous preset station.

• Press and hold ª or « until abeep is heard to go to the nextor previous radio station.Only stations with a strongsignal will be selected.

• Press ª or « to go to the nextor previous CD track.

• Press and hold ª or « until abeep is heard to go to the next orprevious MP3 folder.

MODE: Press to turn the audiosystem on or to select between AM,FM, XM, CD, or AUX.

Press and hold to turn the audiosystem off.

Infotainment 6-13


Radio ReceptionFrequency interference and staticcan occur during normal radioreception if items such as cell phonechargers, vehicle convenienceaccessories, and external electronicdevices are plugged into theaccessory power outlet. If there isinterference or static, unplug the itemfrom the accessory power outlet.

AMThe range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interferewith each other. For better radioreception, most AM radio stationsboost the power levels during theday, and then reduce these levelsduring the night. Static can alsooccur when things like storms andpower lines interfere with radioreception. When this happens, tryreducing the treble on the radio.

FM StereoFM stereo gives the best sound,but FM signals only reach about10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).Tall buildings or hills can interferewith FM signals, causing thesound to fade in and out.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM Satellite Radio Service givesdigital radio reception fromcoast-to-coast in the 48 contiguousUnited States, and in Canada. Justas with FM, tall buildings or hills caninterfere with satellite radio signals,causing the sound to fade in and out.In addition, traveling or standingunder heavy foliage, bridges,garages, or through tunnels couldcause loss of the XM signal for aperiod of time. The radio maydisplay NO XM SIGNAL to indicateinterference.

Fixed Mast AntennaThe fixed mast antenna canwithstand most car washes withoutbeing damaged. If the mast shouldever become slightly bent, straightenit out by hand. If the mast is badlybent, replace it.Check occasionally to make surethe mast is still tightened to theantenna base located on the roofof the vehicle. If tightening isrequired, tighten by hand.

XM™ Satellite RadioAntenna SystemThe XM Satellite Radio antenna islocated on the roof of the vehicle.Keep this antenna clear of snow andice build up for clear radio reception.If the vehicle has a sunroof, theperformance of the XM system maybe affected if the sunroof is open.Loading items onto the roof ofthe vehicle can interfere with theperformance of the XM system.Make sure the XM Satellite Radioantenna is not obstructed.

6-14 Infotainment


Climate Controls

Climate ControlsClimate Control System ......7-1Outlet Adjustment ...............7-3Passenger CompartmentAir Filter ............................7-4

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

Fan Control

9 (Fan): Turn the center knobtoward 4 to turn the systemon or increase fan speed.

If the airflow seems low when thefan is at the highest setting, thepassenger compartment air filtermay need to be replaced. For moreinformation, see PassengerCompartment Air Filter on page 7-4and Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11-4.

Climate Controls 7-1


Temperature Control

Turn the right knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature insidethe vehicle.

Air Delivery Mode Control

Turn the left knob to select from thefollowing modes:

H (Vent): Air is directed to theupper instrument panel outlets.

) (Bi-Level): Air is directed tothe upper instrument panel outletsand the floor outlets.

6 (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor and side window outlets.

- (Defog): Air is directed betweenthe windshield, side windows,instrument panel outlets and thefloor outlets.

Use the defog mode to clear theinside of the windshield of fogor moisture and to warm thepassengers. The air conditioningcompressor runs automaticallyin this setting without pressing A/C,unless the outside temperatureis at or below 32°F (0°C).

1 (Defrost): Air is directed tothe windshield, instrument paneloutlets and the side windows.

Use the defrost mode to removefog or frost from the outside of thewindshield more quickly. The airconditioning compressor runsautomatically in this setting withoutpressing A/C, unless the outsidetemperature is at or below32°F (0°C).

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Air ConditioningFor vehicles with this feature, therewill be the following controls:

A/C (Air Conditioning): Press toturn the air conditioning systemon or off. An indicator light showsthat it is on.

MAX A/C (Maximum AirConditioning): Press the A/C andrecirculation buttons at the sametime to select MAX A/C.

On hot days, open the windows tolet hot inside air escape; then closethem. The vehicle will cool quickerand the A/C system operates moreefficiently.

Because the A/C system removesmoisture from the air, it is normalfor a small amount of water todrip under the vehicle while idlingor just after turning the engine off.

7-2 Climate Controls


Recirculation

? (Recirculation): Press toturn the recirculation mode on or off.An indicator light shows that it is on.This mode recirculates the air insidethe vehicle and helps to heat or coolthe air more quickly. It can be used toprevent outside air and odors fromentering the vehicle.

Press the button again to turnthe recirculation mode off and theoutside air mode on. Recirculationis automatically turned off when theclimate control system mode knobis turned to defog, defrost, or ispositioned between modes.

Rear Window DefoggerThe rear window defogger uses awarming grid to clear fog fromthe rear window. It will only workwhen the ignition is in the ON/RUNposition.

= (Rear Defogger): Press to turnthe rear window defogger on or off.An indicator light shows that it is on.The rear window defogger stays onuntil it is manually turned off. Clearany snow from the rear window.

If the ignition is turned off, whilethe rear window defogger is on, thedefogger turns back on automaticallywhen the ignition is in the ON/RUNposition again.

Notice: Do not use a razor bladeor sharp object to clear the insiderear window. Do not adhereanything to the defogger grid linesin the rear glass. These actionsmay damage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be coveredby your warranty.

Outlet AdjustmentUse the air outlets located inthe center and outboard sides ofthe instrument panel, to change thedirection of the air flowing throughthe vents.

Operation Tips• Clear away any ice, snow or

leaves from the outside airinlets at the base of thewindshield.

• Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

• Keep the area under thefront seats clear of objects formore effective air circulation.

• If the airflow seems low whenthe fan is at the highest setting,the passenger compartment airfilter might need to be replaced.For more information, seePassenger Compartment AirFilter later in this section.



Passenger CompartmentAir FilterBoth outside and recirculatedair are routed through a passengercompartment air filter. Pollen, dustparticles and other contaminantsare removed by the filter. Airflowreductions indicate that the filterneeds to be replaced. For areplacement filter see your dealer/retailer. See Scheduled Maintenanceon page 11-4 for replacementintervals.

The access panel for the air filter isbehind the glove box. To replacethe filter:

1. Open the glove box door. Pusheach side of the glovebox inand pull out to remove.

2. Push the side fastener to releaseand remove the filter cover.



3. Remove the air filter.

4. Install a new air filter andreassemble the unit by reversingthe steps.

Replacing the air filter isrecommended, but will notdamage the vehicle if it is not.



✍ NOTES



Driving andOperating

Starting and OperatingYour VehicleNew Vehicle Break-In .........8-2Ignition Positions ................8-2Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) .....................8-4

Starting the Engine .............8-4Engine Coolant Heater .......8-5Automatic TransmissionOperation (Four Speed) ....8-6

Automatic TransmissionOperation (Five Speed) .....8-8

Manual TransmissionOperation ........................8-11

Parking Brake ...................8-12Shifting Into Park ..............8-13Shifting Out of Park ..........8-14

Parking the Vehicle(Manual Transmission) ....8-15

Parking Over ThingsThat Burn ........................8-16

Engine Exhaust .................8-16Running the VehicleWhile Parked ..................8-17

Driving Your VehicleDefensive Driving ..............8-17Drunk Driving ....................8-18Control of a Vehicle ..........8-18Braking .............................8-19Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) .................8-20

Traction ControlSystem (TCS) .................8-21

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)System ............................8-22

StabiliTrak® System ..........8-22Steering ............................8-23Off-Road Recovery ............8-24Passing .............................8-25Loss of Control .................8-25Driving at Night .................8-26

Driving in Rain and onWet Roads ......................8-27

Before Leaving on aLong Trip ........................8-28

Highway Hypnosis .............8-28Hill and Mountain Roads ...8-28Winter Driving ...................8-29If Your Vehicle is Stuck inSand, Mud, Ice, or Snow ...8-31

Rocking Your Vehicle toGet It Out .......................8-31

Loading the Vehicle ..........8-32

FuelFuel ..................................8-36Gasoline Octane ...............8-36Gasoline Specifications .....8-36California Fuel ..................8-36Additives ...........................8-37Fuels in ForeignCountries ........................8-37

Filling the Tank .................8-38Filling a Portable FuelContainer ........................8-40

Driving and Operating 8-1


Starting andOperating YourVehicle

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: The vehicle doesnot need an elaborate break-in.But it will perform better inthe long run if you followthese guidelines:

• Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 500 miles (805 km).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshiftingto brake or slow the vehicle.

• Avoid making hard stops forthe first 200 miles (322 km) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yet brokenin. Hard stops with new liningscan mean premature wear andearlier replacement. Follow thisbreaking-in guideline everytime you get new brake linings.

• Do not tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See Towing a Traileron page 9-77 for the trailertowing capabilities of yourvehicle and more information.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition PositionsThe ignition switch has four differentpositions.

To shift out of P (Park), turn theignition to ON/RUN and applythe brake pedal.

Notice: Using a tool to force thekey to turn in the ignition couldcause damage to the switch orbreak the key. Use the correct key,make sure it is all the way in, andturn it only with your hand. If thekey cannot be turned by hand,see your dealer/retailer.

8-2 Driving and Operating


LOCK/OFF: This is the only positionfrom which you can remove the key.This locks the steering wheel,ignition and automatic transmission.Push in the ignition switch as youturn the key toward you.

On vehicles with an automatictransmission, the shift lever must bein P (Park) to turn the ignition switchto the LOCK/OFF position.

A warning tone will sound if the driverdoor is opened with the key in theignition.

The ignition switch can bind in theLOCK/OFF position with your wheelsturned off center. If this happens,move the steering wheel from rightto left while turning the key toACC/ACCESSORY. If this doesn’twork, then the vehicle needs service.

{ CAUTION

On manual transmission vehicles,turning the key to LOCK/OFF andremoving it will lock the steeringcolumn and result in a loss ofability to steer the vehicle.This could cause a collision.If you need to turn the engineoff while the vehicle is moving,turn the key only to ACC/ACCESSORY. Do not push thekey in while the vehicle is moving.

ACC/ACCESSORY: This positionprovides power to some of theelectrical accessories. It unlocks thesteering wheel and ignition. To movethe key from ACC/ACCESSORY toLOCK/OFF, push in the key and thenturn it to LOCK/OFF.

A warning tone will sound whenthe driver door is opened when theignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORYor LOCK/OFF and the key is in theignition.

ON/RUN: The ignition switch staysin this position when the engine isrunning. This position can be used tooperate the electrical accessories,including the ventilation fan and115 volt power outlet, as well as todisplay some warning and indicatorlights. The transmission is alsounlocked in this position onautomatic transmission vehicles.

The battery could be drainedif you leave the key in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN positionwith the engine off. You may not beable to start the vehicle if the batteryis allowed to drain for an extendedperiod of time.

START: This position starts theengine. When the engine starts,release the key. The ignition switchwill return to ON/RUN for normaldriving.



Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories may beused for less than a minute afterthe engine is turned off.• Power Windows, if equipped• Sunroof, if equipped

The power windows and sunroofwill continue to work for less than aminute or until either front door isopened. The radio will work whenthe key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Starting the EngineAutomatic TransmissionMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restartwhen you are already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Notice: Shifting into P (Park)with the vehicle moving coulddamage the transmission.Shift into P (Park) only whenyour vehicle is stopped.

Manual TransmissionThe shift lever should be inNEUTRAL and the parking brakeengaged. Hold the clutch pedalto the floor and start the engine.The vehicle will not start if the clutchpedal is not all the way down.

Starting Procedure1. With your foot off the accelerator

pedal, turn the ignition to START.When the engine starts, let go ofthe key. The idle speed will godown as the engine gets warm.Vehicles equipped withthe 1.8L engine have aComputer-Controlled CrankingSystem. This feature assists instarting the engine and protectscomponents. If the ignition key isturned to the START position,and then released when theengine begins cranking, theengine will continue cranking fora about 30 seconds or until thevehicle starts. If the engine does

not start and the key is held inSTART for many seconds,cranking will be stopped after25 seconds to prevent crankingmotor damage. To prevent geardamage, this system alsoprevents cranking if the engine isalready running. Engine crankingcan be stopped by turningthe ignition switch to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.Vehicles equipped with the2.4L engine should not becranked for more than30 seconds at a time.This may overheat thestarter and wiring systems.

Notice: Holding the key inSTART for longer than 15 secondsat a time will cause the battery tobe drained much sooner. Andthe excessive heat can damagethe starter motor. Wait about15 seconds between each try tohelp avoid draining the batteryor damaging the starter.



2. If the engine does not start, waitabout 15 seconds and try againto start the engine by turningthe ignition to START. Wait about15 seconds between each try.When the engine has runabout 10 seconds to warm up,the vehicle is ready to be driven.Do not run the engine at highspeed when it is cold.If the weather is below freezing(32°F or 0°C), let the engine runfor a few minutes to warm up.

3. If the engine still will not start, orstarts but then stops, it could beflooded with too much gasoline.Try pushing the accelerator pedalall the way to the floor and holdingit there as you hold the key inSTART for about three seconds.If the vehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing,but this time keep the pedal downfor five or six seconds. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine.

Notice: The engine is designedto work with the electronics inthe vehicle. If electrical parts oraccessories are added, you couldchange the way the engineoperates. Before adding electricalequipment, check with yourdealer/retailer. If you do not,the engine might not performproperly. Any resulting damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Engine Coolant HeaterThe engine coolant heater, ifavailable, can help in cold weatherconditions at or below 0°F (−18°C)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the coolant heater at leastfour hours before starting the vehicle.

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The electricalcord is located on the driver sideof the engine compartment.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ CAUTION

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could causean electrical shock. Also, thewrong kind of extension cord couldoverheat and cause a fire. Youcould be seriously injured. Plug thecord into a properly groundedthree-prong 110-volt AC outlet.If the cord will not reach, use aheavy-duty three-prong extensioncord rated for at least 15 amps.



4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keepit away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it couldbe damaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer/retailerin the area where you will be parkingthe vehicle for the best adviceon this.

Automatic TransmissionOperation (Four Speed)

The shift lever is located on theconsole between the seats.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when you start the enginebecause the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ CAUTION

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless you haveto. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and move the shiftlever to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark on page 8-13. If you arepulling a trailer, see Towing aTrailer on page 9-77.

Make sure the shift lever isfully in P (Park) before startingthe engine. The vehicle hasan automatic transmissionshift lock control system.



You must fully apply the regularbrake first and move the shift lever tothe right before you can shift fromP (Park) when the ignition key is inON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever, then push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then move theshift lever to the right and move theshift lever into another gear. SeeShifting Out of Park on page 8-14.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse)only after the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice or sandwithout damaging the transmission,see If Your Vehicle is Stuck inSand, Mud, Ice, or Snow onpage 8-31.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart the vehicle whenit is already moving, use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.

{ CAUTION

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be surethe engine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If you need morepower for passing, and you are:

• Going less than 35 mph(56 km/h), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

• Going about 35 mph (56 km/h)or more, push the acceleratorall the way down.

Notice: If the vehicle seems tostart up rather slowly or not shiftgears when you go faster, and youcontinue to drive the vehicle thatway, you could damage thetransmission. Have the vehicleserviced right away. You can drivein L2 (Low) when you are drivingless than 35 mph (56 km/h) andD (Drive) for higher speedsuntil then.

2 (Second): This position reducesvehicle speed more than D (Drive)without using the brakes. Youcan use 2 (Second) on hills.



It can help control vehicle speed asyou go down steep mountain roads,but then you would also want to usethe brakes off and on.

L (Low): This position reducesvehicle speed even more than2 (Second) without using the brakes.You can use it on very steep hills,or in deep snow or mud. If theshift lever is put in L (Low),the transmission will not shiftinto low gear until the vehicleis going slow enough.

Automatic TransmissionOperation (Five Speed)

The shift lever is located on theconsole between the seats.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when starting the enginebecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.

{ CAUTION

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless you haveto. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and move the shiftlever to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark on page 8-13. If you arepulling a trailer, see Towing aTrailer on page 9-77.

Make sure the shift lever isfully in P (Park) before startingthe engine. The vehicle hasan automatic transmissionshift lock control system.



You must fully apply the regularbrake first and move the shift lever tothe right before shifting from P (Park)while the ignition key is in ON/RUN.If you cannot shift out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever andpush the shift lever all the way intoP (Park) as you maintain brakeapplication. Then move the shiftlever into another gear. See ShiftingOut of Park on page 8-14.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.


To rock your vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice, or sandwithout damaging the transmission,see If Your Vehicle is Stuck inSand, Mud, Ice, or Snow onpage 8-31.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect withthe wheels. To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only. Also, useN (Neutral) when the vehicleis being towed.

{ CAUTION

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be surethe engine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy from the vehicle.If you need more power forpassing, and you are:

• Going less than 35 mph(55 km/h), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

• Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)or more, push the acceleratorall the way down.



Driver Shift Control (DSC)DSC mode allows you to choosethe top gear limit of the vehicle’stransmission and the vehicle’s speedwhile driving down hill or towing atrailer. To use this feature, do thefollowing:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) left to S (Shift Control).While driving in this mode,the transmission will remainin the driver selected range.When coming to a stop, thevehicle will automatically shiftinto 1 (First) gear.

2. Move the shift lever forward toincrease the gear range, orrearward to decrease the gearrange available based upon yourcurrent driving conditions andneeds.

The number displayed in theinstrument cluster is the highest gearthat the transmission will be allowedto operate in. However, your vehiclecan automatically shift to lower gearsas required by various drivingconditions. This means that all gearsbelow that number are available.

The display in the instrumentcluster will change from the currentlydisplayed message to 4 (Fourth)when you enter S (Shift Control),and change to indicate the requestedgear range when moving the shiftlever forward or rearward.

While using the DSC feature thetransmission will have firmer shiftingand sportier performance. You canuse this for sport driving or whenclimbing hills to stay in gear longeror to downshift for more power orengine braking.

The transmission will only allowshifting into gears appropriatefor the vehicles speed and enginerevolutions per minute (RPM):

• The transmission will notautomatically shift to the nexthigher gear if the vehicle speedor engine RPM is too high.

• The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine RPMis too high. An audible warningwill sound and the downshift willnot be allowed. The downshiftrequest will have to be madeagain once the vehicle reachesan acceptable speed.

DownshiftRequested

RequiredVehicle Speed

4 (Fourth) to3 (Third)

Below 95 mph(153 km/h)

3 (Third) to2 (Second)


2 (Second) to1 (First)




Manual TransmissionOperation

1 (First): Press the clutch pedal andshift into 1 (First). Then, slowly letup on the clutch pedal as you pressthe accelerator pedal.

You can shift into 1 (First) whenyou are going less than 20 mph(32 km/h). If you have come to acomplete stop and it is hard to shiftinto 1 (First), put the shift lever inNEUTRAL and let up on the clutch.Press the clutch pedal back down.Then shift into 1 (First).

2 (Second): Press the clutch pedalas you let up on the acceleratorpedal and shift into 2 (Second).Then, slowly let up on the clutchpedal as you press the acceleratorpedal.

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth):Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth)and 5 (Fifth) the same way youdo for 2 (Second). Slowly let upon the clutch pedal as you pressthe accelerator pedal.

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brake pedal,and shift to NEUTRAL.

Neutral: Use this position whenyou start or idle the engine.

R (Reverse): To back up, pressdown on the clutch pedal and shiftinto R (Reverse). Let up on theclutch pedal slowly while pressingthe accelerator pedal.


Also, use R (Reverse) along withthe parking brake for parkingyour vehicle.



Shift Speeds

{ CAUTION

If you skip a gear when youdownshift, you could lose controlof your vehicle. You could injureyourself or others. Do not shiftdown more than one gear at atime when you downshift.

This chart shows the maximumallowable speeds in each gear whenmaximum acceleration is necessary.

Manual TransmissionRecommended Shift Speeds

Engine 1.8L

1 to 2 34 mph(55 km/h)

2 to 3 56 mph(91 km/h)

3 to 4 82 mph(132 km/h)

4 to 5 121 mph(195 km/h)

Engine 2.4L

1 to 2 31 mph(50 km/h)

2 to 3 53 mph(86 km/h)

3 to 4 82 mph(132 km/h)

4 to 5 112 mph(181 km/h)

If your speed drops below 20 mph(32 km/h), or if the engine is notrunning smoothly, you shoulddownshift to the next lower gear.You may have to downshift two ormore gears to keep the enginerunning smoothly or for goodperformance.

Parking BrakeTo set the parking brake, hold thebrake pedal down and pull up on theparking brake lever. If the ignitionis on, the brake system warning lightwill come on.



To release the parking brake, holdthe brake pedal down. Pull theparking brake lever up until you canpress the release button. Hold therelease button in as you move thelever all the way down.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause premature wearor damage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

If you are towing a trailer, seeTowing a Trailer on page 9-77.

Shifting Into Park

{ CAUTION

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehicle canroll. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, use the stepsthat follow. If you are pulling atrailer, see Towing a Trailer onpage 9-77.

To shift into P (Park), do thefollowing:

1. Hold the brake pedal downand set the parking brake.See Parking Brake on page 8-12for more information.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by pushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicleand to the left.

3. Turn the ignition key toLOCK/OFF.

4. Remove the key and take it withyou. If you can leave the vehiclewith the key in your hand, thevehicle is in P (Park).



Leaving Your VehicleWith the Engine Running(Automatic Transmission)

{ CAUTION

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.The vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is not fully inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. And, if you leave thevehicle with the engine running,it could overheat and even catchfire. You or others could beinjured. Do not leave the vehiclewith the engine running.

If you have to leave an automatictransmission vehicle with the enginerunning, be sure the vehicle is inP (Park) and the parking brakeis firmly set before you leave it.

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift into P (Park) properly, theweight of the vehicle may put toomuch force on the parking pawl inthe transmission. You may find itdifficult to pull the shift lever out ofP (Park). This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, seeShifting Into Park on page 8-13.

Move the shift lever out of P (Park)before you release the parkingbrake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawl inthe transmission, so you can pull theshift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting Out of ParkThis vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shiftlock release is designed to:

• Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park).

• Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park), unlessthe ignition is in ON/RUN andthe brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case ofan uncharged or low voltage(less than 9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting onpage 9-71 for more information.



To shift out of P (Park) use thefollowing:

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift lever.

2. Hold the brake pedal down.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer/retailer or a professionaltowing service.

Parking the Vehicle(Manual Transmission)Before you get out of the vehicle,move the shift lever into R (Reverse),and firmly apply the parking brake.Once the shift lever has been placedinto R (Reverse) with the clutchpedal pressed in, you can turn theignition key to LOCK/OFF, removethe key and release the clutch.

If you are parking on a hill, or ifthe vehicle is pulling a trailer, seeTowing a Trailer on page 9-77.

Evaporation PumpThe vehicle is equipped witha vacuum pump for the fuelevaporation system. This pumpperforms a fuel evaporation leakagetest approximately five hoursafter the engine is turned off.You may hear a sound comingfrom underneath the rear cargocompartment for several minutes.

The noise is normal and does notsignify a malfunction. See yourdealer/retailer with any questions.



Parking Over ThingsThat Burn

{ CAUTION

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ CAUTION

Engine exhaust contains CarbonMonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:• The vehicle idles in areas

with poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

• The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

• The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

• The vehicle’s exhaust systemhas been modified, damagedor improperly repaired.

• There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or after-marketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

• Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

• Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running. But if you ever haveto, here are some things to know.

{ CAUTION

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust Engine Exhaust onpage 8-16.

{ CAUTION

It can be dangerous to get outof the vehicle if the automatictransmission shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless you haveto. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and move the shiftlever to P (Park).

Follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park on page 8-13.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Towing a Traileron page 9-77.

Driving Your VehicleDefensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearyour safety belt, see Safety Belts onpage 1-8.

{ CAUTION

Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.In addition:

• Allow enough followingdistance between you andthe driver in front of you.

• Focus on the task of driving.Driver distraction can causecollisions resulting in injury orpossible death. These simpledefensive driving techniquescould save your life.



Drunk Driving

{ CAUTION

Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected byeven a small amount of alcohol.You can have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking. Do not drink and drive orride with a driver who has beendrinking. Ride home in a cab; or ifyou are with a group, designate adriver who will not drink.

Death and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

Alcohol affects four things thatanyone needs to drive a vehicle:judgment, muscular coordination,vision, and attentiveness.

Police records show thatalmost 40 percent of all motorvehicle-related deaths involvealcohol. In most cases, these deathsare the result of someone who wasdrinking and driving. In recent years,more than 17,000 annual motorvehicle-related deaths have beenassociated with the use of alcohol,with about 250,000 people injured.

For persons under 21, it is againstthe law in every U.S. state todrink alcohol. There are goodmedical, psychological, anddevelopmental reasons forthese laws.

The obvious way to eliminate theleading highway safety problemis for people never to drink alcoholand then drive.

Medical research shows that alcoholin a person’s system can make crashinjuries worse, especially injuries

to the brain, spinal cord, or heart.This means that when anyone whohas been drinking — driver orpassenger — is in a crash, thatperson’s chance of being killed orpermanently disabled is higher thanif the person had not been drinking.

Control of a VehicleThe following three systems helpto control your vehicle whiledriving — brakes, steering, andaccelerator. At times, as whendriving on snow or ice, it is easy toask more of those control systemsthan the tires and road can provide.Meaning, you can lose control ofyour vehicle.

Adding non-dealer/non-retaileraccessories can affect your vehicle’sperformance. See Accessoriesand Modifications on page 9-3.



BrakingSee Brake System Warning Light onpage 4-17.

Braking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. First, youhave to decide to push on the brakepedal. That is perception time. Thenyou have to bring up your foot and doit. That is reaction time.

Average reaction time is aboutthree-fourths of a second. But thatis only an average. It might be lesswith one driver and as long as two orthree seconds or more with another.Age, physical condition, alertness,coordination, and eyesight all playa part. So do alcohol, drugs, andfrustration. But even in three-fourthsof a second, a vehicle moving at60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet(20 m). That could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency, sokeeping enough space betweenyour vehicle and others is important.

And, of course, actual stoppingdistances vary greatly with thesurface of the road, whether it ispavement or gravel; the condition ofthe road, whether it is wet, dry, or icy;tire tread; the condition of the brakes;the weight of the vehicle; and theamount of brake force applied.

Avoid needless heavybraking. Some people drivein spurts — heavy accelerationfollowed by heavy braking — ratherthan keeping pace with traffic.This is a mistake. The brakes mightnot have time to cool between hardstops. The brakes will wear out muchfaster if you do a lot of heavy braking.If you keep pace with the trafficand allow realistic followingdistances, you will eliminate a lot ofunnecessary braking. That meansbetter braking and longer brake life.

If your vehicle’s engine ever stopswhile you are driving, brake normallybut do not pump the brakes. If youdo, the pedal could get harder topush down. If the engine stops, youwill still have some power brakeassist. But you will use it when youbrake. Once the power assist is usedup, it can take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Adding non-dealer/non-retaileraccessories can affect your vehicle’sperformance. See Accessoriesand Modifications on page 9-3.



Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)Your vehicle has the AntilockBrake System (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system thatwill help prevent a braking skid.

When you start the engine andbegin to drive away, ABS will checkitself. You might hear a momentarymotor or clicking noise while this testis going on, and you might evennotice that the brake pedal moves alittle. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS,this warning light will stay on.See Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light on page 4-18.

Let us say the road is wet and youare driving safely. Suddenly, ananimal jumps out in front of you.You slam on the brakes and continuebraking. Here is what happenswith ABS:

A computer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling,the computer will separately workthe brakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As you brake, the computer keepsreceiving updates on wheel speedand controls braking pressureaccordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time you need to get your footup to the brake pedal or always

decrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle in front ofyou, you will not have time to applythe brakes if that vehicle suddenlyslows or stops. Always leave enoughroom up ahead to stop, even thoughyou have ABS.

Using ABSDo not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly andlet antilock work for you. You mighthear the antilock pump or motoroperate, and feel the brakepedal pulsate, but this is normal.

Braking in EmergenciesWith ABS, you can steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpyou more than even the very bestbraking.United States Canada



Traction ControlSystem (TCS)Your vehicle has a traction controlsystem that limits wheel spin. Thisis especially useful in slippery roadconditions. The system operatesonly if it senses that one or both ofthe drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system works the frontbrakes and reduces engine power tolimit wheel spin.

You may feel or hear the systemworking, but this is normal. Leave thesystem on during ordinary driving sothat it can operate when needed.When the ignition is turned toON/RUN, the system automaticallyturns on. If the system has beenturned off, it will automatically turn onat 35 mph (55 km/h). TCS cannot beturned off above 35 mph (55 km/h).

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started.

The traction control system warninglight flashes and an alarm willsound intermittently when thesystem is limiting wheel spin.

The g switch is located to the leftof the steering wheel below theinstrument panel cluster.

When getting the vehicle out of mudor newly fallen snow, turn off thetraction control system. The systemthat controls engine performanceinterferes with the process of freeing

the front wheels. To turn off tractioncontrol, press and releasethe g switch. The traction controlsystem warning light will come on.To turn the traction control systemback on, press the g switch againor increase vehicle speed and thesystem will automatically turn backon. The traction control systemwarning light will go off. See TractionControl System (TCS) Warning Lighton page 4-19 Traction ControlSystem (TCS) Warning Light formore information.

To turn off both the traction controlsystem and StabiliTrak®, pressand hold the g switch whilethe vehicle is stopped. The tractioncontrol system warning light andthe VSC OFF light will come on.



To turn the systems back on,press the g switch again. If bothsystems are turned off, they will notturn back on automatically whenvehicle speed increases.

If the VSC OFF light flashes,there is a problem in the tractioncontrol system or StabiliTrak.

Adding non-GM accessories canaffect your vehicle’s performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 9-3 Accessories andModifications for more information.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)SystemIf your vehicle has this feature,engine power is sent to all fourwheels all the time. This is likefour-wheel drive, but it is fullyautomatic.

StabiliTrak® SystemYour vehicle has StabiliTrak. Thissystem helps provide integratedcontrol of systems such as theAntilock Brake System, tractioncontrol and engine control. Thissystem automatically controls thebrakes and engine to help preventthe vehicle from skidding whencornering on a slippery road surfaceor turning the steering wheelabruptly.

This system activates when yourvehicle speed reaches or exceeds9 mph (15 km/h), and deactivateswhen the vehicle speed reduces tobelow 9 mph (15 km/h).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or justafter the vehicle begins to move.This means that the system is inthe self-check mode, but does notindicate a problem.

If the vehicle is going to skid duringdriving, the traction control systemwarning light flashes and an alarmsounds intermittently. Adjust yourdriving accordingly.

To turn off both the traction controlsystem and StabiliTrak, pressand hold the g switch while thevehicle is stopped.



The traction control system warninglight and the VSC OFF light will comeon. To turn the systems back on,press the g switch again. If bothsystems are turned off, they will notturn back on automatically whenvehicle speed increases.

If the VSC OFF light flashes,there is a problem in the tractioncontrol system or StabiliTrak.

SteeringIf the engine stalls while you aredriving, the power steering assistsystem will continue to operate untilyou are able to stop your vehicle.If you lose power steering assistbecause the electric power steeringsystem is not functioning, you cansteer, but it will take more effort.

If you turn the steering wheel ineither direction several times until itstops, or hold the steering wheel inthe stopped position for an extendedamount of time, you may notice areduced amount of power steeringassist. The normal amount of powersteering assist should return shortlyafter a few normal steeringmovements.

The electric power steeringsystem does not require regularmaintenance. If you suspect steeringsystem problems, contact yourdealer/retailer for service repairs.

Steering TipsIt is important to take curves at areasonable speed.

Traction in a curve depends on thecondition of the tires and the roadsurface, the angle at which the curveis banked, and your speed. While ina curve, speed is the one factor youcan control.

If you need to reduce speed, do itbefore you enter the curve, while thefront wheels are straight ahead.

Try to adjust the speed so you candrive through the curve. Maintaina reasonable, steady speed. Waitto accelerate until you are out of thecurve, and then accelerate gentlyinto the straightaway.



Steering in EmergenciesThere are times when steering canbe more effective than braking.For example, you come over a hilland find a truck stopped in your lane,or a car suddenly pulls out fromnowhere, or a child darts out frombetween parked cars and stops rightin front of you. You can avoid theseproblems by braking — if you canstop in time. But sometimes youcannot; there is not room. That is thetime for evasive action — steeringaround the problem.

Your vehicle can perform verywell in emergencies like these.First apply the brakes. See Brakingon page 8-19. It is better to removeas much speed as you can from apossible collision. Then steer aroundthe problem, to the left or rightdepending on the space available.

An emergency like this requiresclose attention and a quick decision.If you are holding the steering wheelat the recommended 9 and 3 o’clockpositions, you can turn it a full180 degrees very quickly withoutremoving either hand. But you haveto act fast, steer quickly, and just asquickly straighten the wheel onceyou have avoided the object.

The fact that such emergencysituations are always possible is agood reason to practice defensivedriving at all times and wearsafety belts properly.

Off-Road RecoveryYour vehicle’s right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving.

If the level of the shoulder isonly slightly below the pavement,recovery should be fairly easy.Ease off the accelerator and then, ifthere is nothing in the way, steer sothat your vehicle straddles the edgeof the pavement. Turn the steeringwheel 3 to 5 inches, 76 to 127 mm,(about one-eighth turn) until the rightfront tire contacts the pavementedge. Then turn the steering wheelto go straight down the roadway.



PassingPassing another vehicle on atwo-lane road can be dangerous.To reduce the risk of dangerwhile passing:

• Look down the road, to the sides,and to crossroads for situationsthat might affect a successfulpass. If in doubt, wait.

• Watch for traffic signs, pavementmarkings, and lines that couldindicate a turn or an intersection.Never cross a solid ordouble-solid line on your sideof the lane.

• Do not get too close to the vehicleyou want to pass. Doing so canreduce your visibility.

• Wait your turn to pass a slowvehicle.

• When you are being passed, easeto the right.

Loss of ControlLet us review what driving expertssay about what happens when thethree control systems — brakes,steering, and acceleration — do nothave enough friction where the tiresmeet the road to do what the driverhas asked.

In any emergency, do not give up.Keep trying to steer and constantlyseek an escape route or area ofless danger.

SkiddingIn a skid, a driver can lose controlof the vehicle. Defensive driversavoid most skids by takingreasonable care suited to existingconditions, and by not overdrivingthose conditions. But skids arealways possible.

The three types of skids correspondto your vehicle’s three controlsystems. In the braking skid, thewheels are not rolling. In the steeringor cornering skid, too much speedor steering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.And in the acceleration skid, toomuch throttle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

If your vehicle starts to slide, easeyour foot off the accelerator pedaland quickly steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. If you start steeringquickly enough, your vehicle maystraighten out. Always be ready fora second skid if it occurs.



Of course, traction is reduced whenwater, snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial is on the road. For safety,you want to slow down and adjustyour driving to these conditions. It isimportant to slow down on slipperysurfaces because stopping distanceis longer and vehicle control morelimited.

While driving on a surface withreduced traction, try your best toavoid sudden steering, acceleration,or braking, including reducing vehiclespeed by shifting to a lower gear.Any sudden changes could causethe tires to slide. You might notrealize the surface is slippery untilyour vehicle is skidding. Learn torecognize warning clues — such asenough water, ice, or packed snowon the road to make a mirroredsurface — and slow down whenyou have any doubt.

Remember: Any Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) helps avoid only thebraking skid.

Driving at NightNight driving is more dangerousthan day driving becausesome drivers are likely to beimpaired — by alcohol or drugs,with night vision problems, orby fatigue.

Night driving tips include:

• Drive defensively.

• Do not drink and drive.

• Reduce headlamp glare byadjusting the inside rearviewmirror.

• Slow down and keep more spacebetween you and other vehiclesbecause headlamps can onlylight up so much road ahead.

• Watch for animals.

• When tired, pull off the road.

• Do not wear sunglasses.

• Avoid staring directly intoapproaching headlamps.

• Keep the windshield and all glasson your vehicle clean — insideand out.

• Keep your eyes moving,especially during turns or curves.

No one can see as well at night asin the daytime. But, as we get older,these differences increase.A 50-year-old driver might need atleast twice as much light to see thesame thing at night as a 20-year-old.



Driving in Rain and onWet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ CAUTION

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well ina quick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause yourvehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying todrive through flowing water.

HydroplaningHydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under your vehicle’stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the roadis wet enough and you are goingfast enough. When your vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice isto slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather TipsBesides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

• Allow extra following distance.

• Pass with caution.

• Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

• Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

• Have good tires with proper treaddepth. See Tires on page 9-41.

• Turn off cruise control, ifequipped.



Before Leaving on aLong TripTo prepare your vehicle for a longtrip, consider having it servicedby your dealer/retailer beforedeparting.

Things to check on your owninclude:

• Windshield Washer Fluid:Reservoir full? Windowsclean — inside and outside?

• Wiper Blades: In good shape?

• Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Alllevels checked?

• Lamps: Do they all work and arelenses clean?

• Tires: Are treads good? Aretires inflated to recommendedpressure?

• Weather and Maps: Safe totravel? Have up-to-date maps?

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attentionto your surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, finda safe place to park your vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:

• Keep the vehicle well ventilated.

• Keep interior temperature cool.

• Keep your eyes moving — scanthe road ahead and to the sides.

• Check the rearview mirror andvehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips fordriving in these conditions include:

• Keep the vehicle servicedand in good shape.

• Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

• Going down steep or long hills,shift to a lower gear.

{ CAUTION

If you do not shift down, thebrakes could get so hot that theywould not work well. You wouldthen have poor braking or evennone going down a hill. You couldcrash. Shift down to let the engineassist the brakes on a steepdownhill slope.



{ CAUTION

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) orwith the ignition off is dangerous.The brakes will have to do all thework of slowing down and theycould get so hot that they wouldnot work well. You would thenhave poor braking or even nonegoing down a hill. You could crash.Always have the engine runningand the vehicle in gear when goingdownhill.

• Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay inyour own lane.

• Top of hills: Be alert — somethingcould be in your lane (stalled car,accident).

• Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter DrivingDriving on Snow or IceDrive carefully when there is snowor ice between the tires and the road,creating less traction or grip. Wet icecan occur at about 32°F (0°C) whenfreezing rain begins to fall, resultingin even less traction. Avoid driving onwet ice or in freezing rain until roadscan be treated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)on page 8-20 improves vehiclestability during hard stops ona slippery roads, but apply thebrakes sooner than when ondry pavement.

Allow greater following distanceon any slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches can occuron otherwise clear roads in shadedareas. The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear. Avoidsudden steering maneuvers andbraking while on ice.

Turn off cruise control, if equipped,on slippery surfaces.



Blizzard ConditionsBeing stuck in snow can be ina serious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the RoadsideAssistance Program on page 12-5.To get help and keep everyone inthe vehicle safe:

• Turn on the Hazard WarningFlashers on page 4-3.

• Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ CAUTION

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This may causeexhaust gases to get inside.Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:• Clear away snow from

around the base of yourvehicle, especially any thatis blocking the exhaust pipe.

• Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

• Open a window abouttwo inches on the side ofthe vehicle that is away fromthe wind to bring in fresh air.

• Fully open the air outletson or under the instrumentpanel.

• Adjust the Climate Controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air insidethe vehicle and set the fanspeed to the highest setting.See Climate Control Systemin the Index.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 8-16.

Snow can trap exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. This cancause deadly CO (carbonmonoxide) gas to get inside. COcould overcome you and kill you.You cannot see it or smell it, soyou might not know it is in yourvehicle. Clear away snow fromaround the base of your vehicle,especially any that is blocking theexhaust

Run the engine for short periodsonly as needed to keep warm,but be careful.



To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warm thevehicle and then shut the engine offand close the window most of theway to save heat. Repeat this untilhelp arrives but only when you feelreally uncomfortable from the cold.Moving about to keep warm alsohelps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the acceleratorpedal slightly so the engine runsfaster than the idle speed. Thiskeeps the battery charged to restartthe vehicle and to signal for help withthe headlamps. Do this as little aspossible to save fuel.

If Your Vehicle is Stuckin Sand, Mud, Ice,or SnowSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get ItOut on page 8-31.

{ CAUTION

If you let your vehicle’s tires spinat high speed, they can explode,and you or others could beinjured. The vehicle can overheat,causing an engine compartmentfire or other damage. Spin thewheels as little as possible andavoid going above 35 mph(55 km/h) as shown on thespeedometer.

For information about using tirechains on the vehicle, see TireChains on page 9-60.

Rocking Your Vehicle toGet It OutTurn the steering wheel left and rightto clear the area around the frontwheels. Turn off any traction orstability system. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, or with a manual transmission,between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) andR (Reverse), spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the accelerator pedalwhile shifting, and press lightly onthe accelerator pedal when thetransmission is in gear. Slowlyspinning the wheels in the forwardand reverse directions causes arocking motion that could free thevehicle. If that does not get thevehicle out after a few tries, it mightneed to be towed out. If the vehicledoes need to be towed out, seeTowing Your Vehicle on page 9-75.



Loading the VehicleIt is very important to know howmuch weight your vehicle cancarry. Two labels on the vehicleshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ CAUTION

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR), oreither the maximum front orrear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). If you do, parts onthe vehicle can break, and itcan change the way yourvehicle handles. These couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

A vehicle specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle’s centerpillar (B-pillar). With the driver’sdoor open you will find the labelattached below the door lock post(striker). The Tire and LoadingInformation label shows thenumber of occupant seating

positions (A), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (B) inkilograms and pounds. Thisweight includes the weight ofall occupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original equipmenttires (C), and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (D).For more information on tires andinflation see Tires on page 9-41and Inflation - Tire Pressure onpage 9-47.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the frontand rear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

Label Example



Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit1. Locate the statement

“The combined weightof occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbsand there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of availablecargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage andcargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

If your vehicle can tow atrailer, see Towing a Traileron page 9-77 for importantinformation on towing a trailer,towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 1,000 lbs(453 kg).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 = 300 lbs(136 kg).

C. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 700 lbs(317 kg).

Example 1



A. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 2 = 1,000 lbs(453 kg).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 = 750 lbs(340 kg).

C. Available CargoWeight = 250 lbs (113 kg).

A. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 3 = 1,000 lbs(453 kg).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight200 lbs (91 kg) × 5 = 1,000 lbs(453 kg).

C. Available CargoWeight = 0 lbs (0 kg).

Refer to your vehicle’s Tireand Loading Information labelfor specific information aboutthe vehicle’s capacity weightand seating positions.

The combined weight of thedriver, passengers, and cargoshould never exceed thevehicle’s maximum vehiclecapacity weight.

Certification Label

A vehicle specific Certificationlabel is attached to the centerpillar, near the driver’s doorlatch. It tells you the grossweight capacity of your vehicle,called the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR).

Example 2 Example 3

Label Example



The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fuel,and cargo. Never exceed theGVWR for the vehicle, or theGross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for either the frontor rear axle.

And, if you do have a heavyload, you should spread it out.See “Steps for DeterminingCorrect Load Limit” earlier inthis section.

{ CAUTION

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR), oreither the maximum front orrear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). If you do, parts onthe vehicle can break, and itcan change the way yourvehicle handles. These couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of the vehicle.

Notice: Overloading yourvehicle may cause damage.Repairs would not be coveredby your warranty. Do notoverload your vehicle.

If you put things inside yourvehicle — like suitcases,tools, packages, or anythingelse — they will go as fast as thevehicle goes. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is acrash, they will keep going.

{ CAUTION

Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

• Put things in the rear areaof your vehicle. Try tospread the weight evenly.If you have fold-down rearseats, you will find fouranchors on the back wall

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

of your trunk. You can usethese anchors to tie downlighter loads. They are notstrong enough for heavythings, however, so putthem as far forward asyou can in the trunk orrear area.

• Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

• Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secureit whenever you can.

• Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless you need to.



FuelUse of the recommended fuelis an important part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. To helpkeep the engine clean and maintainoptimum vehicle performance, werecommend the use of gasolineadvertised as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline.

Gasoline OctaneUse regular unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. If the octane rating is lessthan 87, you might notice an audibleknocking noise when you drive,commonly referred to as sparkknock. If this occurs, use a gasolinerated at 87 octane or higher as soonas possible. If you are using gasolinerated at 87 octane or higher and youhear heavy knocking, the engineneeds service.

Gasoline SpecificationsAt a minimum, gasoline should meetASTM specification D 4814 in theUnited States or CAN/CGSB-3.5or 3.511 in Canada. Somegasolines contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See Additives onpage 8-37 for additional information.

California FuelIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards,it is designed to operate on fuelsthat meet California specifications.

See the underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California emissionsstandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meeting federalspecifications, but emission controlsystem performance might beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemight fail a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 4-20. If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer/retailer fordiagnosis. If it is determined that thecondition is caused by the type offuel used, repairs might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.



AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are now requiredto contain additives that help preventengine and fuel system depositsfrom forming, allowing the emissioncontrol system to work properly.In most cases, you should not haveto add anything to the fuel. However,some gasolines contain onlythe minimum amount of additiverequired to meet U.S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency regulations.To help keep fuel injectors andintake valves clean, or if the vehicleexperiences problems due to dirtyinjectors or valves, look for gasolinethat is advertised as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline. Also, yourdealer/retailer has additives thatwill help correct and prevent mostdeposit-related problems.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines mightbe available in your area.

We recommend that you use thesegasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than10% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designed forthose fuels.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered underthe vehicle warranty.

Some gasolines that arenot reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendantwhere you buy gasoline whether thefuel contains MMT. We recommendagainst the use of such gasolines.

Fuels containing MMT can reducethe life of spark plugs and theperformance of the emissioncontrol system could be affected.The malfunction indicator lamp mightturn on. If this occurs, return to yourdealer/retailer for service.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf you plan on driving in anothercountry outside the United States orCanada, the proper fuel might behard to find. Never use leadedgasoline or any other fuel notrecommended in the previous texton fuel. Costly repairs causedby use of improper fuel would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.

To check the fuel availability, askan auto club, or contact a majoroil company that does businessin the country where you willbe driving.



Filling the Tank

{ CAUTION

Fuel vapor burns violently and afuel fire can cause bad injuries.To help avoid injuries to you andothers, read and follow all theinstructions on the pump island.Turn off the engine when you arerefueling. Do not smoke if you arenear fuel or refueling the vehicle.Do not use cellular phones. Keepsparks, flames, and smokingmaterials away from fuel. Do notleave the fuel pump unattendedwhen refueling the vehicle. This isagainst the law in some places.Do not re-enter the vehicle whilepumping fuel. Keep children awayfrom the fuel pump; never letchildren pump fuel.

The fuel door release lever is nearthe floor under the driver seaton the outboard side.

The tethered fuel cap is locatedbehind a hinged fuel door onthe driver side of the vehicle.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise. On somevehicles you may have to pushin while turning the cap.

While refueling, hang the fuel capinside of the fuel door.



{ CAUTION

Fuel can spray out on you if youopen the fuel cap too quickly.If you spill fuel and then somethingignites it, you could be badlyburned. This spray can happen ifthe tank is nearly full, and is morelikely in hot weather. Open the fuelcap slowly and wait for any hissnoise to stop. Then unscrew thecap all the way.

Do not to spill fuel. Do not top offor overfill the tank and wait a fewseconds to remove the nozzle. Cleanfuel from painted surfaces as soonas possible. See Exterior Cleaningon page 9-86.

When replacing the fuel cap, turnit clockwise until it clicks. Makesure the cap is fully installed.The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap has beenleft off or improperly installed.This would allow fuel to evaporateinto the atmosphere. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lampon page 4-20.

{ CAUTION

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuelby shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If you need a new fuelcap, be sure to get the right type.Your dealer/retailer can get one foryou. If you get the wrong type, itmay not fit properly. This maycause the malfunction indicatorlamp to light and may damage thefuel tank and emissions system.See Malfunction Indicator Lampon page 4-20.



Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ CAUTION

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury toyou and others:

• Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

• Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle’s trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

• Bring the fill nozzle in contactwith the inside of the fillopening before operating thenozzle. Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

• Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

• Do not use a cellular phonewhile pumping fuel.



Vehicle Serviceand Care

ServiceService ...............................9-2Accessories andModifications .....................9-3

California Proposition65 Warning .......................9-3

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements .....9-3

Doing Your OwnService Work ....................9-4

Adding Equipment to theOutside of the Vehicle ......9-4

Owner ChecksOwner Checks ....................9-5Hood Release .....................9-5Engine CompartmentOverview ...........................9-6

Engine Oil ..........................9-9Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ....9-12

Automatic TransmissionFluid ................................9-14

Manual TransmissionFluid ................................9-16

Hydraulic Clutch ................9-17Cooling System .................9-18Engine Coolant .................9-18Pressure Cap ....................9-22Engine Overheating ...........9-22Power Steering Fluid .........9-24Windshield Washer Fluid ...9-24Windshield Wiper BladeReplacement ...................9-25

Brakes ..............................9-27Battery ..............................9-30

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming ..............9-30

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement .............9-31Halogen Bulbs ..................9-31Headlamps and ParkingLamps .............................9-31

Taillamps ..........................9-33License Plate Lamp ..........9-34Replacement Bulbs ...........9-35

Electrical SystemAdd-On ElectricalEquipment .......................9-35

Headlamp Wiring ..............9-35Windshield Wiper Fuses ....9-36Power Windows andOther Power Options .......9-36

Fuses and CircuitBreakers .........................9-36

Instrument Panel FuseBlock ...............................9-36

Engine CompartmentFuse Block ......................9-39

TiresTires .................................9-41Tire Sidewall Labeling .......9-42Tire Terminology andDefinitions .......................9-44

Inflation - Tire Pressure ....9-47Tire Pressure MonitorSystem ............................9-48

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation ........................9-50

Tire Inspection andRotation ..........................9-53

When It Is Time for NewTires ...............................9-54

Vehicle Service and Care 9-1


Buying New Tires .............9-54Different Size Tires andWheels ............................9-56

Uniform Tire QualityGrading ...........................9-56

Wheel Alignment andTire Balance ....................9-58

Wheel Replacement ..........9-59Tire Chains .......................9-60

Tire ChangingIf a Tire Goes Flat ............9-61Changing a Flat Tire .........9-62Removing the SpareTire and Tools .................9-63

Removing the Flat Tireand Installing theSpare Tire .......................9-64

Storing a Flat or SpareTire and Tools .................9-68

Compact Spare Tire ..........9-70

Jump StartingJump Starting ...................9-71

TowingTowing Your Vehicle .........9-75Recreational VehicleTowing ............................9-75

Towing a Trailer ................9-77

Appearance CareInterior Cleaning ................9-83Exterior Cleaning ..............9-86Sheet Metal Damage ........9-89Finish Damage ..................9-89Underbody Maintenance ....9-90Chemical Paint Spotting ....9-90

ServiceFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer/retailer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have oneof these marks:

9-2 Vehicle Service and Care


Accessories andModificationsWhen non-dealer/non-retaileraccessories are added to the vehicle,they can affect vehicle performanceand safety, including such thingsas airbags, braking, stability, rideand handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. Some of these accessoriescould even cause malfunction ordamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

GM Accessories are designedto complement and function withother systems on the vehicle.Your GM dealer/retailer canaccessorize the vehicle usinggenuine GM Accessories. When

you go to your GM dealer/retailerand ask for GM Accessories, you willknow that GM-trained and supportedservice technicians will perform thework using genuine GM Accessories.

Also, see Adding Equipment toYour Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 1-34.

California Proposition 65WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems(including some inside the vehicle),many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inremote keyless transmitters, maycontain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.



Doing Your OwnService Work

{ CAUTION

You can be injured and thevehicle could be damaged if youtry to do service work on a vehiclewithout knowing enough about it.

• Be sure you have sufficientknowledge, experience, theproper replacement parts, andtools before attempting anyvehicle maintenance task.

• Be sure to use the propernuts, bolts, and otherfasteners. English andmetric fasteners can beeasily confused. If the wrongfasteners are used, partscan later break or fall off.You could be hurt.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper service manual.It tells you much more about how toservice the vehicle than this manualcan. To order the proper servicemanual, see Service PublicationsOrdering Information on page 12-16.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do yourown service work, see ServicingYour Airbag-Equipped Vehicleon page 1-33.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the dateof any service work performed.See Part E: Maintenance Recordon page 11-20.

Adding Equipment to theOutside of the VehicleThings added to the outside ofthe vehicle can affect the airflowaround it. This can cause wind noiseand can affect fuel economy andwindshield washer performance.Check with your dealer/retailerbefore adding equipment tothe outside of the vehicle.



Owner Checks

{ CAUTION

An electric fan under the hoodcan start up and injure you evenwhen the engine is not running.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ CAUTION

Things that burn can get on hotengine parts and start a fire. Theseinclude liquids like fuel, oil, coolant,brake fluid, windshield washer andother fluids, and plastic or rubber.You or others could be burned.Be careful not to drop or spillthings that will burn onto a hotengine.

Hood ReleaseTo open the hood:

1. Pull the release handle, locatedbelow the instrument panel tothe left of the steering wheel.

2. From the front of the vehicle,pull up on the secondaryhood release located nearthe middle of the hood.

3. Lift the hood.

4. Release the hood prop rod fromits retainer and insert into the slot,moving it straight up. If it is movedto the side or toward the insideof the vehicle, it may becomedetached.

Before closing the hood, be sureall the filler caps are on properly.Return the hood prop rod carefullyback to its retainer to avoiddamaging the vehicle.



Engine Compartment OverviewWhen you open the hood on the 1.8L L4 engine, this is what you see.



A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See″Checking Engine Oil″ underEngine Oil on page 9-9.

B. Pressure Cap on page 9-22.C. Windshield Washer Fluid

on page 9-24.D. Coolant Recovery Tank.

See Engine Coolant onpage 9-18.

E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “Whento Add Engine Oil” under EngineOil on page 9-9.

F. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 9-12.

G. Brakes on page 9-27 andHydraulic Clutch on page 9-17(If Equipped).

H. Engine Compartment Fuse Blockon page 9-39.

I. Battery on page 9-30.J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.

See Jump Starting on page 9-71.K. Automatic Transmission

Fluid Dipstick. See ″Checkingthe Fluid Level″ under AutomaticTransmission Fluid on page 9-14(If Equipped) (Out of View).



When you open the hood on the 2.4L L4 engine, this is what you see.



A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“Checking Engine Oil” underEngine Oil on page 9-9.

B. Pressure Cap on page 9-22.C. Windshield Washer Fluid

on page 9-24.D. Coolant Recovery Tank. See

Engine Coolant on page 9-18.E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When

to Add Engine Oil” under EngineOil on page 9-9.

F. Brakes on page 9-27 andHydraulic Clutch on page 9-17(If Equipped).

G. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 9-12.

H. Engine Compartment Fuse Blockon page 9-39.

I. Battery on page 9-30.J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.

See Jump Starting on page 9-71.K. Automatic Transmission

Fluid Dipstick. See ″Checkingthe Fluid Level″ under AutomaticTransmission Fluid on page 9-14(If Equipped) (Out of View).

Engine OilChecking Engine OilIt is a good idea to check theengine oil every time you get fuel.In order to get an accurate reading,the oil must be warm and thevehicle must be on level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handleis a yellow loop. See EngineCompartment Overview on page 9-6for the location of the engine oildipstick.

1. Turn off the engine and give theoil several minutes to drain backinto the oil pan. If you do notdo this, the oil dipstick mightnot show the actual level.

2. Pull out the dipstick and cleanit with a paper towel or cloth,then push it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping the tipdown, and check the level.



When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the indent atthe tip of the dipstick, add at leastone quart/liter of the recommendedoil. This section explains what kind ofoil to use. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications on page 10-2.

Notice: Do not add too much oil.If the engine has so much oilthat the oil level gets above theupper hole, the engine couldbe damaged.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 9-6 for the location ofthe engine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all theway back in when you are through.

What Kind of Engine Oilto UseLook for three things:

• GM6094M

Use only an oil that meetsGM Standard GM6094M.

• SAE 5W-20

SAE 5W-20 is best for thevehicle.

1.8L Engine

2.4L Engine



These numbers on an oilcontainer show its viscosity,or thickness. Do not useother viscosity oils such asSAE 20W-50.

• Oils meeting these requirementsshould have the starburst symbolon the container. This symbolindicates that the oil has beencertified by the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API).

Notice: Use only engine oilidentified as meeting GM StandardGM6094M and showing theAmerican Petroleum InstituteCertified For Gasoline Enginesstarburst symbol. Failure to usethe recommended oil can result inengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

If you are in an area of extremecold, where the temperaturefalls below −20°F (−29°C), it isrecommend that you use anSAE 0W-20 oil. SAE 0W-20 oilprovides easier cold starting andbetter protection for the engineat extremely low temperatures.

Engine Oil Additives / EngineOil FlushesDo not add anything to the oil.The recommended oils with thestarburst symbol that meet GMStandard GM6094M are all youneed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

When to Change Engine OilChange the oil and filterevery 5,000 miles (8 000 km) or3 months, whichever occurs first.See Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11-4.

What to Do with Used OilUsed engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer’s warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your ownoil, be sure to drain all the oil from thefilter before disposal. Never disposeof oil by putting it in the trash, pouringit on the ground, into sewers, or intostreams or bodies of water. Recycleit by taking it to a place that collectsused oil.



Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter isin the engine compartment onthe driver side of the vehicle.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 9-6 for more informationon location.

When to Inspect the EngineAir Cleaner/FilterIf you are driving in dusty/dirtyconditions, inspect the aircleaner/filter at each engine oilchange. Replace the filter every30,000 miles (48 000 km) or24 months, whichever occurs first.See Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices on page 11-3 for moreinformation.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/FilterTo inspect the air cleaner/filterremove the filter from the vehicleand lightly shake the filter to releaseloose dust and dirt. If the filterremains caked with dirt, a newfilter is required.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Release the two clips that holdthe cover.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

4. Reinstall the cover.

1.8L Engine



1. Release the three clips that holdthe cover.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.


{ CAUTION

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause youor others to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air;it helps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. If it is not there and theengine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with it off, andbe careful working on the enginewith the air cleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filteris off, a backfire can cause adamaging engine fire. And, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which will damage it. Always havethe air cleaner/filter in place whenyou are driving.

2.4L Engine



Automatic TransmissionFluidWhen to Check and ChangeAutomatic Transmission FluidCheck the fluid in the transmissionand differential at the intervals listedin Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices on page 11-3, and besure to use the transmission fluidlisted in Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-18.

How to Check AutomaticTransmission FluidThis operation can be difficult, youmay choose to have this done at thedealer/retailer service department.

If you do it yourself, be sure to followall the instructions here, or youcould get a false reading onthe dipstick.

Notice: Use of the incorrectautomatic transmission fluid maydamage your vehicle, and thedamages may not be covered byyour warranty. Always use theautomatic transmission fluidlisted in Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-18.

Wait at least 30 minutes beforechecking the transmission fluid levelif you have been driving:

• When outside temperatures areabove 90°F (32°C).

• At high speed for quite a while.

• In heavy traffic — especiallyin hot weather.

• While pulling a trailer.

To get the right reading, the fluidshould be at normal operatingtemperature, which is 158°F to176°F (70°C to 80°C).

Get the vehicle warmed up bydriving about 15 miles (24 km)when outside temperatures areabove 50°F (10°C). If it is colderthan 50°F (10°C), you may haveto drive longer.

Checking the Fluid Level

Prepare your vehicle as follows:

1. Park your vehicle on a levelplace. Keep the engine running.

2. With the parking brake applied,place the shift lever in P (Park).

3. With your foot on the brakepedal, move the shift leverthrough each gear range,pausing for about three secondsin each range. Then, positionthe shift lever in P (Park).

4. Let the engine run at idle forthree to five minutes.



Then, without shutting off theengine, follow these steps:

The automatic transmissiondipstick has an orange handleand is located near the front of theengine compartment. See EngineCompartment Overview on page 9-6for more information on location.

1. Release the tab and pull out thedipstick and wipe it with a cleanrag or paper towel.

2. Push it back in all the way, waitthree seconds and then pull itback out again.

3. Check both sides of the dipstick,and read the lower level. Thefluid level must be between thetwo dimples in the hot range.

4. If the fluid level is in theacceptable range, pushthe dipstick back in all the way;then press the tab down tolock the dipstick in place.

How to Add AutomaticTransmission FluidRefer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determine whatkind of transmission fluid to use.Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-18.

If the fluid level is low, addonly enough of the proper fluidto bring the level into the areabetween dimples on the dipstick.

1. Pull out the dipstick.

2. Using a long-neck funnel, addenough fluid at the dipstickhole to bring it to the proper level.It does not take much fluid,generally less than one pint(0.5 L). Do not overfill.

Notice: Too much or toolittle fluid can damage yourtransmission. Too much can meanthat some of the fluid could comeout and fall on hot engine parts orexhaust system parts, starting afire. Too little fluid could cause thetransmission to overheat. Be sureto get an accurate reading if youcheck your transmission fluid.

3. After adding fluid, recheck thefluid level as described under“How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid,” earlierin this section.

4. When the correct fluid level isobtained, push the dipstickback in all the way; then pressthe tab down to lock the dipstickin place.

1.8L shown



Manual TransmissionFluidWhen to CheckA good time to have your manualtransmission fluid level checkedis when the engine oil is changed.However, the fluid in your manualtransmission does not requirechanging.

How to CheckThis operation can be difficult, youmay choose to have this doneat your dealer/retailer servicedepartment.

If you do it yourself, be sure tofollow all the instructions here,or you could get a false reading.

Notice: Too much or toolittle fluid can damage yourtransmission. Too much canmean that some of the fluid could

come out and fall on hot engineparts or exhaust system parts,starting a fire. Too little fluidcould cause the transmissionto overheat. Be sure to getan accurate reading if youcheck your transmission fluid.

Check the fluid level only when yourengine is off, the vehicle is parked ona level place and the transmission iscool enough for you to rest yourfingers on the transmission case.

Then, follow these steps:

1. Remove the filler plug.

2. Check that the lubricant level isup to the bottom of the fillerplug hole.

3. If the fluid level is good, installthe plug and be sure it is fullyseated. If the fluid level is low,add more fluid as described inthe next steps.

How to Add FluidHere is how to add fluid. Referto the Maintenance Scheduleto determine what kind of fluid touse. Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-18.

1. Remove the filler plug.

2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole.Add only enough fluid to bringthe fluid level up to the bottomof the filler plug hole.

3. Install the filler plug. Be sure theplug is fully seated.



Hydraulic ClutchThe hydraulic clutch linkage inyour vehicle is self-adjusting.The master cylinder reservoir isfilled with DOT-3 brake fluid.

It is not necessary to regularly checkthe fluid unless you suspect thereis a leak in the system. Adding fluidwill not correct a leak.

The hydraulic clutch and brakemaster cylinder use the samereservoir.

A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have the systeminspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The reservoir is located at the backof the engine compartment, on thedriver side of the vehicle. EngineCompartment Overview on page 9-6.

Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine how often you shouldcheck the fluid level in your mastercylinder reservoir and for the properfluid. Part B: Owner Checks andServices on page 11-12 and Part D:Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-18.

How to Check and Add FluidCheck that the fluid level is ator above the MIN mark. If the levelis below the MIN mark, see theinstructions on the reservoir cap.



Cooling SystemWhen it is safe lift the hood:

A. Electric Engine Cooling FansB. Pressure CapC. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank

{ CAUTION

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ CAUTION

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if thereis a leak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Engine CoolantThe coolant in the vehicle shouldlast for five years or 150,000 miles(240 000 km), whichever occursfirst. When coolant is addedor changed, use DEX-COOL®

coolant.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to add coolant whenit is low. If there is a problem withengine overheating, see EngineOverheating on page 9-22 EngineOverheating.

What to UseUse a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOL®

coolant, which will not damagealuminum parts. If this coolantmixture is used, nothing elseneeds to be added.



{ CAUTION

Adding only plain water to thecooling system can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other liquidsuch as alcohol, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The vehicle’s coolant warningsystem is set for the propercoolant mixture. With plain wateror the wrong mixture, the enginecould get too hot but would notget the overheat warning. Theengine could catch fire and youor others could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL® coolant.

Notice: If an improper coolantmixture is used, the engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Too much water in the mixturecan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core, and otherparts.

Notice: If you use extrainhibitors and/or additives inyour vehicle’s cooling system,you could damage your vehicle.Use only the proper mixture ofthe engine coolant listed in thismanual for the cooling system.See Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-18 formore information.

• Gives freezing protection down to−34°F (− 38°C).

• Gives boiling protection up to265°F (129°C).

• Protects against rust andcorrosion.

• Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

• Lets the warning lights and gageswork as they should.

Notice: Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL can cause prematureengine, heater core or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the engine

coolant may require changingsooner, at 30,000 miles(50 000 km) or 24 months,whichever occurs first. Anyrepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Alwaysuse DEX-COOL (silicate-free)coolant in your vehicle.

Checking CoolantThe vehicle must be on a levelsurface. When the engine is cold,the coolant level should be at LOW,or a little higher. When the engineis warm, the level should be up toFULL, or a little higher. If it is not,there could be a leak at the pressurecap or in the radiator hoses, heaterhoses, radiator, water pump, orsomewhere else in the coolingsystem.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 9-6 Engine CompartmentOverview for the location of thecoolant recovery tank.



How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Recovery Tank

If you need more coolant, add theproper DEX-COOL® coolant mixtureat the coolant recovery tank, butbe careful not to spill it.

Occasionally check the coolant levelin the radiator. For information onhow to add coolant to the radiator,see Cooling System on page 9-18Cooling System.

{ CAUTION

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycol,and it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

{ CAUTION

Adding only plain water to yourcooling system can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other liquidsuch as alcohol, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.Your vehicle’s coolant warningsystem is set for the propercoolant mixture. With plain wateror the wrong mixture, your enginecould get too hot but you wouldnot get the overheat warning.Your engine could catch fire and

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

you or others could be burned.Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and a propercoolant.

Notice: In cold weather, watercan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core and otherparts. Use the recommendedcoolant and the proper coolantmixture.

How to Add Coolant to theRadiatorWhen the coolant in the coolantrecovery tank is at the FULL mark,start the vehicle.

If the overheat warning continues,there is one more thing that canbe done. Add the proper coolantmixture directly to the radiator butbe sure the cooling system iscool before you do it.



{ CAUTION

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turn theradiator pressure cap — even alittle — they can come out at highspeed. Never turn the cap whenthe cooling system, including theradiator pressure cap, is hot. Waitfor the cooling system and radiatorpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

{ CAUTION

Turning the radiator pressure capwhen the engine and radiator arehot can allow steam and scaldingliquids to blow out and burn youbadly. With the coolant recoverytank, you will almost never haveto add coolant at the radiator.Never turn the radiator pressurecap — even a little — when theengine and radiator are hot.

1. Remove the pressure cap whenthe cooling system, including thepressure cap and upper radiatorhose, is no longer hot. Turnthe pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise until it firststops. Do not press down whileturning the pressure cap.

If you hear a hiss, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means thereis still some pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure cap,but now push down while turning.Remove the pressure cap.

3. Fill the radiator with the propercoolant mixture, up to the baseof the filler neck. For moreinformation about the propercoolant mixture look earlier inthis section.



4. Then fill the coolant recoverytank to the FULL mark.

5. Put the cap back on the coolantrecovery tank, but leave thepressure cap off.

6. Start the engine and let it rununtil you can feel the upperradiator hose getting hot. Watchout for the engine cooling fan.

7. By this time, the coolant levelinside the radiator filler neck maybe lower. If the level is lower,add more of the proper coolantmixture through the filler neckuntil the level reaches the baseof the filler neck.

8. Then replace the pressure cap.At any time during this procedureif coolant begins to flow out ofthe filler neck, reinstall thepressure cap. Be sure the earson the pressure cap are inline with the vent tube.

Pressure CapNotice: If the pressure cap is nottightly installed, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 9-6 for more informationon location.

Engine OverheatingA coolant temperature gage islocated on the vehicle’s instrumentpanel. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gage on page 4-19.

Check to see if the electric enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, the vehicleneeds service.

If no problem is apparent, but thecoolant level is not at or above theFULL mark, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL® coolant at the coolantrecovery tank. See Engine Coolanton page 9-18 for more informationabout the proper coolant mixture.

If the coolant inside the coolantrecovery tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked ona level surface.



If Steam Is Coming From YourEngine

{ CAUTION

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down. Waituntil there is no sign of steam orcoolant before you open the hood.

If you keep driving when yourengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop yourengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

Notice: If the engine catches firebecause of being driven with nocoolant, your vehicle can be badlydamaged. The costly repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If No Steam Is Coming FromYour EngineIf an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but steam is not heard orseen escaping, the problem maynot be too serious. Sometimesthe engine can get a little toohot when the vehicle:

• Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

• Stops after high-speed driving.

• Idles for long periods in traffic.

• Tows a trailer.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam, try this fora minute or so:

1. In heavy traffic, let the engineidle in N (Neutral) while stopped.If it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park)or N (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

2. Turn on the heater to full hot atthe highest fan speed and openthe windows as necessary.

If the overheat warning is no longerdisplayed, the vehicle can be driven.Just to be safe, drive slower for about10 minutes. If the warning does notcome back on, continue to drive.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is still no sign of steam, idlethe engine for three minutes whilethe vehicle is parked. If the warningis still displayed, turn off the engineand get everyone out of the vehicleuntil it cools down.



You may decide not to lift thehood but to get service helpright away.

Power Steering FluidThe vehicle has electronic powersteering and does not use powersteering fluid. If you suspect aproblem, see your dealer/retailer.

Windshield Washer FluidWhat to UseWhen you need windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer’s instructions beforeuse. If you will be operating yourvehicle in an area where thetemperature may fall below freezing,use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

How to Check WindshieldWasher Fluid

To check windshield washer fluid.

1. Pull dipstick out of windshieldwasher reservoir.

2. Washer fluid should fill the holesbetween the LOW (B) andNORMAL (A) mark.

3. If the fluid reads LOW (B) addfluid.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluiduntil the holes of the dipstick arefilled between the LOW (B) andNORMAL (A). See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 9-6 for reservoir location.



Notice:

• When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer’s instructionsfor adding water.

• Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage yourwasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.Also, water does not cleanas well as washer fluid.

• Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows for fluidexpansion if freezing occurs,which could damage the tankif it is completely full.

• Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in your windshieldwasher. It can damage thevehicle’s windshield washersystem and paint.

Windshield Wiper BladeReplacementFront Windshield WiperWindshield wiper blades should beinspected at least twice a year forwear or cracking. See At LeastTwice a Year on page 11-13.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removedin different ways. To removethe wiper blade:

1. Pull the windshield wiper armaway from the windshield.

2. Push the release lever and slidethe wiper assembly toward thedriver side of the vehicle.



3. Slide the new wiper assemblyinto place.

4. Push the release lever down tolock into place.

Rear Windshield Wiper

1. Disengage the two pins anddisconnect the rear wiper armby pulling them up.

2. Raise the wiper arm until itcomes off.You will hear a clicking soundwhen the arm comes off.



3. Push the rear wiper assemblystraight into the rear wiper arm.

4. Reengage the two pins to therear wiper arm by pushingthem down.

BrakesBrake Fluid

The brake master cylinder and,on manual transmission vehicles,the clutch hydraulic system use thesame reservoir. The reservoir isfilled with DOT-3 brake fluid.

There are only two reasons whythe brake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:

• The brake fluid level goes downbecause of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

• A fluid leak in the brake and/orclutch hydraulic system can alsocause a low fluid level. Have thebrake and/or clutch hydraulicsystem fixed, since a leak meansthat sooner or later the brakesand/or clutch will not work well.



Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the brakelinings are worn, there will be toomuch fluid when new brake liningsare installed. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulic system.

{ CAUTION

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when workis done on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 4-17.

What to Add

Use only new DOT-3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeePart D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-18.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ CAUTION

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake or clutch hydraulic system,the brakes or clutch might notwork well. This could cause acrash. Always use the properbrake fluid.

Notice:

• Using the wrong fluid canbadly damage brake or clutchhydraulic system parts.For example, just a few dropsof mineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brake or clutchhydraulic system can damagebrake or clutch hydraulicsystem parts so badly that theywill have to be replaced. Do notlet someone put in the wrongkind of fluid.

• If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle’s painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Be careful not to spill brakefluid on the vehicle. If you do,wash it off immediately. SeeExterior Cleaning on page 9-86.



Brake WearThis vehicle has disc brakes.Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brakepads are worn and new pads areneeded. The sound can comeand go or be heard all the timethe vehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ CAUTION

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toan accident. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drivewith worn-out brake pads couldresult in costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts inthe proper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications on page 10-2.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal TravelSee your dealer/retailer if the brakepedal does not return to normalheight, or if there is a rapid increasein pedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might be required.

Brake AdjustmentEvery time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System PartsThe braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced — for example,when the brake linings wear downand new ones are installed — besure to get new approvedreplacement parts. If this is not done,the brakes might not work properly.For example, if someone puts inbrake linings that are wrong forthe vehicle, the balance betweenthe front and rear brakes canchange — for the worse. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled.



BatteryThis vehicle has a maintenancefree battery. When it is time for anew battery, see your dealer/retailerfor one that has the replacementnumber shown on the originalbattery’s label. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 9-6 for battery location.Warning: Battery posts, terminals,and related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

{ CAUTION

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Startingon page 9-71 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: If the vehicle isdriven infrequently, remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery. This helps keep the batteryfrom running down.

Extended Storage: For extendedstorage of the vehicle, remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger. This helps maintain thecharge of the battery over anextended period of time.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset atthe factory and should need nofurther adjustment.

However, if your vehicle is damagedin a crash, the headlamp aim maybe affected. Aim adjustment to thelow-beam headlamps may benecessary if oncoming drivers flashtheir high-beam headlamps at you(for vertical aim).

If the headlamps need to bere-aimed, it is recommendedthat you take the vehicle to yourdealer/retailer for service.



Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbson page 9-35.

For any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer/retailer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ CAUTION

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

Headlamps and ParkingLamps

A. High-beam HeadlampB. Turn Signal Lamp/Parking LampC. Low-beam Headlamp

High-beam and Low-beamHeadlampsTo replace the High-beam orLow-beam Headlamp:

1. Open the hood. See HoodRelease on page 9-5.

2. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull it outof the headlamp assembly.



3. Unplug the connector whilepressing down on the release tab.

4. Pull the old bulb straight out.

5. Push the new bulb straightin until it clicks.

6. Push the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly and turnit clockwise to secure it inits original location.

Front Turn Signal Lamp andParking LampTo replace the Front Turn SignalLamp or Parking Lamp:

1. Open the hood. See HoodRelease on page 9-5.

2. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pullit out of the lamp assembly.

3. Pull the old bulb straight out ofthe bulb socket.

4. Push the new bulb straight inuntil it clicks.

5. Push the bulb socket intothe lamp assembly and turnclockwise to secure it inits original location.



Taillamps

A. Turn Signal LampB. Stoplamp/Sidemarker

Lamp/TaillampC. Back-up Lamp

To replace one of these lamps:

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Remove the storagecompartment cover in the rearcargo area of the vehicle toaccess the bulbs.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull it out.

Passenger Side

Driver Side



4. Pull the bulb straight out of thesocket.

5. Push the new bulb straight inuntil it clicks to secure.

6. Push the bulb socket in and turnit clockwise to secure.


License Plate LampTo replace the license platelamp bulb:

1. Press the tabs in to disengagethem and remove the licenseplate lamp assembly.

2. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the license plate assembly.

3. Pull the bulb straight out ofthe bulb socket.

4. Push the new bulb straight in thebulb socket until it clicks.

5. Push the bulb socket straight intothe license plate assembly andturn it clockwise to secure it.

6. Reinstall the license plateassembly into its original locationmaking sure the tabs reengage.



Replacement Bulbs

Exterior Lamp BulbNumber

High-beamHeadlamps 9005

Low-beamHeadlamps 9006

SidemarkerLamp/Stoplamp/Taillamp

7443

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer/retailer.

Electrical System

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Do not add anythingelectrical to the vehicle unless youcheck with your dealer/retailerfirst. Some electrical equipmentcan damage the vehicle and thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle’s warranty. Someadd-on electrical equipment cankeep other components fromworking as they should.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle battery, even if the vehicleis not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing Your Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 1-33.

Headlamp WiringThe headlamp wiring is protectedby a circuit breaker. An electricaloverload will cause the lamps togo on and off, or in some cases toremain off. If this happens, have yourheadlamp wiring checked right away.



Windshield Wiper FusesThe windshield wiper motor isprotected by a circuit breaker anda fuse. If the motor overheats dueto heavy snow or ice, the wiper willstop until the motor cools. If theoverload is caused by someelectrical problem, and not snowor ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Power Windows andOther Power OptionsCircuit breakers in the fuse blockprotect the power windows and otherpower accessories. When the currentload is too heavy, the circuit breakeropens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixed orgoes away.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicleare protected from short circuitsby a combination of fuses, circuitbreakers and fusible thermallinks. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused byelectrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperagecan be temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon asyou can.

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The fuse block is located underthe instrument panel on the driverside of the vehicle.



Fuses Usage

1

Parking Lamps,License PlateLamps, Taillamp,Multiport FuelInjection System/Sequential MultiportFuel InjectionSystem, InstrumentPanel Lights

2 Switch Illumination

Fuses Usage3 Power Windows4 Power Windows5 Power Windows6 Sunroof

7Cigarette Lighter,Accessory PowerOutlet

Fuses Usage

8

Outside RearviewMirrors, AudioSystem, Main BodyEngine ControlUnit (ECU), Clock,Brake TransmissionShift Interlock

9 Empty10 Empty

11

Airbag System,Multiport FuelInjection System/Sequential MultiportFuel InjectionSystem, FrontPassenger OccupantClassificationSystem

12 Gages and Meters

13Air ConditioningSystem, RearWindow Defogger

14 Windshield Wipers15 Rear Window Wipers16 Windshield Washer



Fuses Usage

17

Main Body ECU,Electric PowerSteering, ElectricCooling Fans,Brake TransmissionShift Interlock,Antilock BrakingSystem (ABS),Multiport FuelInjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System,Tire PressureMonitoringSystem (TPMS),Vehicle StabilityControl System

18

Back-up Lamps,Charging System,Rear WindowDefogger

19 Onboard DiagnosisSystem

Fuses Usage

20

Stoplamps, CenterHigh-MountedStoplamps (CHMSL),ABS, VehicleStability ControlSystem, MultiportFuel InjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System,Brake TransmissionShift Interlock

21 Power Door LockSystem

22

Outside RearviewMirrors, AudioSystem, Main BodyECU, Clock, BrakeTransmission ShiftInterlock, CigaretteLighter

Fuses Usage

23 All-Wheel DriveSystem

24 Front Foglamps

25

Ignition, OutsideRearview Mirrors,Audio System, MainBody ECU, Clock,Brake TransmissionShift Interlock,Cigarette Lighter

26

Rear WindowDefogger, HeatedMirrors, MultiportFuel InjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System

27 Power Windows



Engine CompartmentFuse Block

This engine compartment fuse blockis located in the engine compartmenton the driver side of the vehiclenear the air cleaner. See EngineCompartment Overview on page 9-6.

Notice: Spilling liquid on anyelectrical components onthe vehicle may damage it.Always keep the covers onany electrical component.

Fuses Usage

1 ElectricCooling Fans

2 ElectricCooling Fans

3

Antilock BrakingSystem (ABS),Vehicle StabilityControl System

Fuses Usage

4ABS, VehicleStability ControlSystem

5 Air ConditioningSystem

6 Charging System

7 Electric PowerSteering



Fuses Usage

8Emission ControlSystem Main, Horn,Ignition 2

9 Headlamp Main

10 Emission ControlSystem 2

11

Multiport FuelInjection System/Sequential MultiportFuel InjectionSystem

12 Driver SideHeadlamp

13 Passenger SideHeadlamp

14

Driver SideLow-BeamHeadlamp,Front Foglamps

15Passenger SideLow-BeamHeadlamp

Fuses Usage

16

Multiport FuelInjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System

17 Turn Signal Lamps,Hazard Lamps

18 Charging System

19

Starting System,Multiport FuelInjection System/Sequential MultiportFuel InjectionSystem

20

Starting System,Multiport FuelInjection System/Sequential MultiportFuel InjectionSystem

21 Empty

22 Starting System

Fuses Usage

23 Engine ImmobilizerSystem

24

Main Body ECU,Gages, DaytimeRunningLights (DRL),Air ConditioningSystem, WirelessRemote Control,Theft DeterrentSystem

25 Audio System

26Interior Lamps,Personal Lamps,Clock

27 Spare

28 Spare

29 Spare

30 Audio System

31 OnStar®



Fuses Usage

32

Multiport FuelInjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System,Horn, EmissionControl System 1,Emission ControlSystem 2

33 Horn

34

MultiportFuel InjectionSystem/SequentialMultiport FuelInjection System,Horn, Ignition, Meter

35 PTC Heater 1

36 PTC Heater 3

37 Air ConditioningInverter

TiresYour new vehicle comeswith high-quality tires madeby a leading tire manufacturer.If you ever have questions aboutyour tire warranty and where toobtain service, see your vehicleWarranty booklet for details.For additional information referto the tire manufacturer.

{ CAUTION

Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

• Overloading yourvehicle’s tires can causeoverheating as a resultof too much flexing. Youcould have an air-out anda serious accident. SeeLoading the Vehicle onpage 8-32.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

• Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting accident couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressureshould be checked whenyour vehicle’s tires arecold. See Inflation - TirePressure on page 9-47.

• Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenyou hit a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

• Worn, old tires can causeaccidents. If the tire’s treadis badly worn, or if yourvehicle’s tires have beendamaged, replace them.



Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about atire is molded into its sidewall.The examples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

(A) Tire Size: The tire sizeis a combination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire’s width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(B) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

(C) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing DOT (Department ofTransportation) code is the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TINis molded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(D) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of pliesin the sidewall and underthe tread.

(E) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are requiredto grade tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire Quality Gradingon page 9-56.

(F) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure neededto support that load.

Passenger (P-Metric) TireExample



(A) Temporary Use Only: Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire has a tread life ofapproximately 3,000 miles(5 000 km) and should not bedriven at speeds over 65 mph(105 km/h). The compact sparetire is for emergency use when aregular road tire has lost air andgone flat. If your vehicle has acompact spare tire. See CompactSpare Tire on page 9-70 and If aTire Goes Flat on page 9-61.

(B) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of pliesin the sidewall and underthe tread.

(C) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code is theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the manufacturerand plant code, tire size, anddate the tire was manufactured.The TIN is molded onto bothsides of the tire, although onlyone side may have the date ofmanufacture.

(D) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.

(E) Tire Inflation: Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflatedto 60 psi (420 kPa). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Inflation - TirePressure on page 9-47.

(F) Tire Size : A combinationof letters and numbers define atire’s width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

Compact Spare Tire Example



Tire Size

The following illustrationshows an example of a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association. Tiresengineered to Europeanstandards do not use theletter P as the first characterin the tire size.

(B) Tire Width: The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters from sidewallto sidewall.

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem C of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire’s sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(D) Construction Code: A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter B meansbelted-bias ply construction.

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(F) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadrange and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carry capacity a tire iscertified to carry. The load indexcan range from 1 to 279. Thespeed rating is the maximumspeed a tire is certified to carrya load. Speed ratings rangefrom A to Z.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outwardon each square inch of the tire.Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi)or kilopascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This meansthe combined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examplesof optional accessories are,automatic transmission, powersteering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.



Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire’s height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located between theplies and the tread. Cords maybe made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the plies are laidat alternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerlineof the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in pounds per squareinch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Inflation - TirePressure on page 9-47.

Curb Weight: The weight ofa motor vehicle with standardand optional equipment includingthe maximum capacity of fuel,oil, and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings: A codemolded into the sidewall of atire signifying that the tire isin compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) motor vehicle safetystandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Loading the Vehicleon page 8-32.

GAWR FRT: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front axle.See Loading the Vehicle onpage 8-32.

GAWR RR: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the rear axle.See Loading the Vehicle onpage 8-32.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:A tire used on light duty trucksand some multipurposepassenger vehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressureto which a cold tire canbe inflated. The maximumair pressure is molded ontothe sidewall.



Maximum Load Rating:The load rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curb weight,accessory weight, vehiclecapacity weight, and productionoptions weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by150 lbs (68 kg). See Loadingthe Vehicle on page 8-32.Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bears whitelettering, or bears manufacturer,brand, and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeperthan the same moldings on theother sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A tire used on passengercars and some light duty trucksand multipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer’s recommendedtire inflation pressure asshown on the tire placard.See Inflation - Tire Pressureon page 9-47 and Loading theVehicle on page 8-32.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicatingthe maximum speed at which atire can operate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1/16 inch(1.6 mm) of tread remains.See When It Is Time for NewTires on page 9-54.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards): A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire’s traction, temperature,and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testingprocedures. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall of thetire. See Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 9-56.



Vehicle Capacity Weight:The number of designatedseating positions multipliedby 150 lbs (68 kg) plus the ratedcargo load. See Loading theVehicle on page 8-32.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached toa vehicle showing the vehicle’scapacity weight and theoriginal equipment tire sizeand recommended inflationpressure. See “Tire andLoading Information Label”under Loading the Vehicleon page 8-32.

Inflation - Tire PressureTires need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Do not let anyone tellyou that under-inflation orover-inflation is all right. It isnot. If your tires do not haveenough air (under-inflation),you can get the following:• Too much flexing• Too much heat• Tire overloading• Premature or irregular wear• Poor handling• Reduced fuel economyIf your tires have too much air(over-inflation), you can getthe following:• Unusual wear• Poor handling• Rough ride• Needless damage from road

hazards

A vehicle specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to your vehicle. Thislabel shows your vehicle’soriginal equipment tires and thecorrect inflation pressures foryour tires when they are cold.The recommended cold tireinflation pressure, shown on thelabel, is the minimum amount ofair pressure needed to supportyour vehicle’s maximum loadcarrying capacity.

For additional informationregarding how much weightyour vehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see Loadingthe Vehicle on page 8-32.How you load your vehicleaffects vehicle handling andride comfort. Never load yourvehicle with more weight thanit was designed to carry.



When to Check

Check your tires once a monthor more. Do not forget tocheck the compact spare tire,it should be at 60 psi (420 kPa).For additional informationregarding the compact sparetire, see Compact Spare Tireon page 9-70.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegage to check tire pressure.You cannot tell if your tires areproperly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey are under-inflated. Checkthe tire’s inflation pressure whenthe tires are cold. Cold meansyour vehicle has been sitting forat least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregage firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If theinflation pressure is low, add airuntil you reach the recommendedamount.

If you overfill the tire, release airby pushing on the metal stemin the center of the tire valve.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gage.

Be sure to put the valve capsback on the valve stems.They help prevent leaks bykeeping out dirt and moisture.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your vehicle’stires and transmit tire pressurereadings to a receiver locatedin the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare(if provided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)



As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped witha tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving ona significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency andtire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS isnot a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when the systemis not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flashfor approximately one minute andthen remain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or

alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 9-50 foradditional information.

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) andIndustry and Science CanadaThe Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) operates ona radio frequency and complieswith Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not causeharmful interference.

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation.



The TPMS operates on a radiofrequency and complies withRSS-210 of Industry and ScienceCanada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:



Changes or modifications tothis system by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) warns the driver when a lowtire pressure condition exists. TPMSsensors are mounted onto each tireand wheel assembly, excluding thespare tire and wheel assembly.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the low tire pressurewarning light, located on theinstrument panel cluster, comes on.

This light also comes on for afew seconds and then goes off whenyou turn the ignition to ON/RUN.This indicates the TPMS isfunctioning properly. If the low-tirepressure warning light comes onwhile driving the vehicle, the systemmay have detected a low-tirecondition. You need to stop as soonas possible and check the tires.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, andthen turn off as you start to drive.

This could be an early indicator thatthe air pressure in the tire(s) aregetting low and need to be inflatedto the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to the vehicle, showsthe size of the vehicle’s originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Loading theVehicle on page 8-32, for anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location onyour vehicle. Also see Inflation - TirePressure on page 9-47.

The vehicle’s TPMS can warn youabout a low tire pressure conditionbut it does not replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspectionand Rotation on page 9-53 and Tireson page 9-41.



TPMS Malfunction LightThe TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stayson for the remainder of the ignitioncycle. The low tire warning lightcomes on at each ignition cycle untilthe problem is corrected. Some ofthe conditions that can cause themalfunction light to come on are:

• One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have a TPMSsensor. The TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message should gooff once you re-install the road tirecontaining the TPMS sensor.

• The initialization (reset) procedurefailed. See “TPMS Reset” later inthis section.

• One or more TPMS sensorsare missing or damaged.The TPMS malfunction lightshould go off when the TPMSsensors are installed and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer/retailer for service.

• Replacement tires or wheels donot match the vehicle’s originalequipment tires or wheels. Tiresand wheels other than thoserecommended for your vehiclecould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 9-54.

• Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

• If tire chains are installed on thevehicle.

• If there is a lot of snow or icearound the wheels or wheelhousings.

• If a window tint that affects theradio wave signals is installed.

If the TPMS is not functioning itcannot detect or signal a low tirecondition. See your dealer/retailer forservice if the TPMS malfunction lightcomes on and stays on.



TPMS ResetThe TPMS sensors and transmittershave unique identification codes.Anytime you replace a TPMS sensoror transmitter the identification codesneed to be registered and the TPMSneeds to be reset (initialized). Whenthe system is initialized, the currentair pressure in the tires is set as thetire pressure benchmark. The tirepressure warning system determinesdecreased air pressure by comparingtire pressure to the benchmarkpressure stored in the TPMS.

Do not reset the TPMS without firstcorrecting the cause of a low-tirecondition.

To reset the system:

1. Park the vehicle at a safe placeand apply the parking brake.Turn the engine off.

2. Turn the ignition toACC/ACCESSORY orLOCK/OFF.

3. Adjust the tire pressure of all theinstalled tires to the specifiedcold tire inflation pressure levelindicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label attached tothe vehicle.

4. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN withthe engine off.

5. Press and hold the tire pressurewarning reset switch until the tirepressure warning light flashesslowly on/off three times.

Wait for a few minutes with theignition in ON/RUN, and then turnthe ignition to ACC/ACCESSORYor LOCK/OFF.If the low-tire pressure warninglight does not flash three timeswhile you press and hold thereset button, the reset has failed.Repeat the reset process. If thereset cannot be performed, seeyour dealer/retailer for service.

If you press the tire pressure resetswitch while the vehicle is moving,the reset is not performed. If youpress the tire pressure reset switchaccidentally and initialization isperformed, adjust the tire pressureto the specified level and performthe reset procedure again.



Tire Inspection andRotationWe recommend that youregularly inspect the vehicle’stires, including the spare tire, forsigns of wear or damage. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires onpage 9-54 for more information.

Tires should be rotated every5,000 to 8,000 miles (8 000 to13 000 km). See Part A:Scheduled MaintenanceServices on page 11-3.

The purpose of a regular tirerotation is to achieve a uniformwear for all tires on the vehicle.This will ensure that the vehiclecontinues to perform most like itdid when the tires were new.

Any time you notice unusualwear, rotate the tires as soonas possible and check wheelalignment. Also check fordamaged tires or wheels.See When It Is Time for New

Tires on page 9-54 and WheelReplacement on page 9-59 formore information.

When rotating the vehicle’s tires,always use the correct rotationpattern shown here.Tires should only be moved fromfront to rear and rear to front onthe same side of the vehicle.Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.After the tires have been rotated,adjust the front and rear inflationpressures to the amountsshown on the Tire andLoading Information label.

See Inflation - Tire Pressure onpage 9-47 and Loading theVehicle on page 8-32.

{ CAUTION

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened,can make wheel nuts becomeloose after time. The wheelcould come off and cause anaccident. When you change awheel, remove any rust or dirtfrom places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can use acloth or a paper towel to dothis; but be sure to use ascraper or wire brush later, ifneeded, to get all the rust ordirt off. See Changing a FlatTire on page 9-62.

Make certain that all wheelnuts are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut Torque” underCapacities and Specificationson page 10-2.



When It Is Time for NewTiresVarious factors, such asmaintenance, temperatures,driving speeds, vehicle loading,and road conditions influencewhen you need new tires.

One way to tell when it is time fornew tires is to check the treadwearindicators, which will appearwhen the tires have only 1/16 inch(1.6 mm) or less of tread remaining.

You need new tires if any of thefollowing statements are true:

• You can see the indicators atthree or more places aroundthe tire.

• You can see cord or fabricshowing through the tire’s rubber.

• The tread or sidewall is cracked,cut, or snagged deep enough toshow cord or fabric.

• The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

• The tire has a puncture, cut, orother damage that cannot berepaired well because of thesize or location of the damage.

The rubber in tires degrades overtime, even if they are not being used.This is also true for the spare tire,if the vehicle has one. Multipleconditions affect how fast this agingtakes place, including temperatures,

loading conditions, and inflationpressure maintenance. With propercare and maintenance tires typicallywear out before they degrade due toage. If you are unsure about theneed to replace the tires as they getolder, consult the tire manufacturerfor more information.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. If youneed replacement tires, GM stronglyrecommends that you get tires thatare the same size, brand, load range,speed rating, and construction type(radial and bias-belted tires) as thevehicle’s original tires. This way, thevehicle will continue to have tiresthat are designed to give the sameperformance and vehicle safety,during normal use, as the originaltires. See Tire Sidewall Labeling onpage 9-42 for additional information.



GM recommends replacing tiresin sets of four. This is becauseuniform tread depth on all tires willhelp keep the vehicle performingmost like it did when the tires werenew. Replacing less than a full setof tires can affect the braking andhandling performance of the vehicle.See Tire Inspection and Rotation onpage 9-53.

{ CAUTION

Mixing tires could cause you tolose control while driving. If youmix tires of different sizes,brands, or types (radial andbias-belted tires), the vehiclemay not handle properly, andyou could have a crash. Usingtires of different sizes, brands,or types may also cause

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

damage to the vehicle.Be sure to use the correctsize, brand, and type of tireson all wheels. It is all rightto drive with the compactspare temporarily, as it wasdeveloped for use on thevehicle. See CompactSpare Tire on page 9-70.

{ CAUTION

If you use bias-ply tires on thevehicle, the wheel rim flangescould develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tireand/or wheel could failsuddenly, causing a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

Vehicles that have a tire pressuremonitoring system could givean inaccurate low-pressure warningif tires not recommended for thevehicle are installed. Tires that donot match the original equipmenttires could give a low-pressurewarning that is higher or lowerthan the proper warning level youwould get with original equipmenttires. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 9-48.

The vehicle’s original equipmenttires are listed on the Tire andLoading Information Label. SeeLoading the Vehicle on page 8-32,for more information about theTire and Loading Information labeland its location on the vehicle.



Different Size Tires andWheelsIf you add wheels or tires that area different size than your originalequipment wheels and tires, thismay affect the way your vehicleperforms, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollover.Additionally, if your vehicle haselectronic systems such as, antilockbrakes, traction control, andelectronic stability control, theperformance of these systemscan be affected.

{ CAUTION

If you add different sizedwheels, your vehicle may notprovide an acceptable level ofperformance and safety if tires notrecommended for those wheelsare selected. You may increasethe chance that you will crash andsuffer serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for your vehicle, andhave them properly installed bya GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires on page 9-54and Accessories and Modificationson page 9-3 for additionalinformation.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum selection width.For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnites States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tiresby treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance.This applies only to vehiclessold in the United States.



The grades are molded onthe sidewalls of most passengercar tires. The Uniform TireQuality Grading (UTQG)system does not apply to deeptread, winter-type snow tires,space-saver, or temporary usespare tires, tires with nominalrim diameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passengercars and light trucks may varywith respect to these grades,they must also conform tofederal safety requirements.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions ona specified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one anda half (11⁄2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices,and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction — AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poortraction performance.

{WARNING

The traction grade assignedto this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.



Temperature — A, B, C

The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds toa level of performance whichall passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

{WARNING

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tirethat is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, orexcessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination,can cause heat buildup andpossible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment andTire BalanceThe tires and wheels on your vehiclewere aligned and balanced carefullyat the factory to give you the longesttire life and best overall performance.Adjustments to wheel alignment andtire balancing will not be necessaryon a regular basis. However, if younotice unusual tire wear or yourvehicle pulling to one side or theother, the alignment might need to bechecked. If you notice your vehiclevibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer/retailer for proper diagnosis.



Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked or badly rusted or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose,the wheel, wheel bolts and wheelnuts should be replaced. If thewheel leaks air, replace it (exceptsome aluminum wheels, which cansometimes be repaired). See yourdealer/retailer if any of theseconditions exist.

Your dealer/retailer will know thekind of wheel you need.

Each new wheel should havethe same load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset and bemounted the same way as theone it replaces.

If you need to replace any of thewheels, wheel bolts or wheelnuts, replace them only with newGM original equipment parts.This way, you will be sure to havethe right wheel, wheel bolts andwheel nuts for the vehicle.

{ CAUTION

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts on your vehicle can bedangerous. It could affect thebraking and handling of yourvehicle, make your tires loseair and make you lose control.You could have a collision inwhich you or others could beinjured. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheel canalso cause problems with bearinglife, brake cooling, speedometeror odometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

See Changing a Flat Tire onpage 9-62 for more information.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ CAUTION

Putting a used wheel on thevehicle is dangerous. You cannotknow how it has been usedor how far it has been driven.It could fail suddenly and causea crash. If you have to replace awheel, use a new GM originalequipment wheel.



Tire Chains

{ CAUTION

If the vehicle has P215/45R18size tires, do not use tire chains.There is not enough clearance.

Tire chains used on a vehiclewithout the proper amount ofclearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension or othervehicle parts. The area damagedby the tire chains could cause youto lose control of the vehicle andyou or others may be injured in acrash.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for use on thevehicle and tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer’s instructions.To help avoid damage to thevehicle, drive slowly, readjustor remove the device if it iscontacting the vehicle, anddo not spin the wheels.

If you do find traction devices thatwill fit, install them on the fronttires.

Notice: If the vehicle has a tiresize other than P215/45R18 sizetires, use tire chains only wherelegal and only when you must.Use only SAE Class “S” typechains that are the proper size forthe tires. Install them on the fronttires and tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer’sinstructions. If you can hear thechains contacting the vehicle,stop and retighten them. If thecontact continues, slow downuntil it stops. Driving too fast orspinning the wheels with chainson will damage the vehicle.



Tire Changing

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile you are driving, especially ifyou maintain your vehicle’s tiresproperly. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if you should ever have ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip the

steering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop well out ofthe traffic lane.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correctionyou would use in a skid. In anyrear blowout remove your footfrom the accelerator pedal. Get thevehicle under control by steering theway you want the vehicle to go. Itmay be very bumpy and noisy, butyou can still steer. Gently brake to astop, well off the road if possible.

{ CAUTION

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing aflat tire. If it is used for anythingelse, you or others could be badlyinjured or killed if the vehicle slipsoff the jack. If a jack is providedwith the vehicle, only use it forchanging a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, the next partshows how to use the jackingequipment to change a flat tiresafely.



Changing a Flat TireIf a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 4-3.

{ CAUTION

Changing a tire can be dangerous.The vehicle can slip off the jackand roll over or fall on you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured or even killed. Finda level place to change your tire.To help prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission shift lever inP (Park), or shift a manualtransmission to 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

To be certain the vehicle will notmove, put blocks at the front andrear of the tire farthest away fromthe one being changed. Thatwould be the tire on the otherside, at the opposite end of thevehicle.

When you have a flat tire, use thefollowing example as a guide toassist you in the placement ofwheel blocks.

The following information tells youhow to use the jack and changea tire.



Removing the Spare Tireand Tools

A. Compact Spare TireB. JackC. Cargo Area Floor(s)D. Tire/Wheel Retainer NutE. Jack HandleF. Wheel Wrench

To remove the spare tire and tools:

1. Turn the two lock knobs on thecargo area floor (C) to UNLOCK.

2. Lift up and remove the bothof the cargo area floors (C).

3. Remove the hook holding thejack (B) and remove the jack (B).

4. Remove the jack handle (E)and wheel wrench (F) fromthe passenger side of thecargo area.



5. Remove the tire/wheelretainer (D) from the compactspare tire (A) and removethe compact spare tire (A).See Compact Spare Tire onpage 9-70.

6. Place the compact spare tire (A)next to the flat tire.

Removing the Flat Tireand Installing theSpare Tire1. Do a safety check before

proceeding. See Changinga Flat Tire on page 9-62.

2. If the vehicle has steel wheelswith plastic wheel nut caps,loosen the plastic wheelnut caps. You may need thewheel wrench to loosen them.Do not pry off wheel covers thathave plastic wheel nut caps.

3. Remove the wheel cover and setit off to the side.

4. Attach the jack handle to the jackand turn clockwise to raise thelift head a little.

5. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Do not remove them yet.



6. Position the jack and raise thejack lift head to fit over the carflange between the two notches.

{ CAUTION

Getting under a vehicle when itis jacked up is dangerous. If thevehicle slips off the jack you couldbe badly injured or killed. Neverget under a vehicle when it issupported only by a jack.

{ CAUTION

Raising your vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned can damagethe vehicle and even make thevehicle fall. To help avoid personalinjury and vehicle damage, besure to fit the jack lift head into theproper location before raising thevehicle.

7. Turn the jack handle clockwise.Raise the vehicle far enough offthe ground so there is enoughroom for the compact spare tireto fit underneath the wheel well.



8. Remove the wheel nuts and theflat tire.

9. Install the spare tire.

{ CAUTION

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, you can use acloth or a paper towel to do this;but be sure to use a scraperor wire brush later, if needed,to get all the rust or dirt off.See Changing a Flat Tire onpage 9-62.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tire onthe wheel-mounting surface.

{ CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle’s wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.



12. Reinstall the wheel nuts withthe rounded end of the nutstoward the wheel. Tighten eachnut by hand until the wheelis held against the hub.

13. Turn the jack handlecounterclockwise. Lowerthe jack completely.

{ CAUTION

Incorrect or improperly tightenedwheel nuts can cause the wheelto come loose and even come off.This could lead to a crash. If youhave to replace them, be sure toget new original equipment wheelnuts. Stop somewhere as soonas you can and have the nutstightened with a torque wrench tothe proper torque specification.See Capacities and Specificationson page 10-2 for wheel nut torquespecification.

Notice: Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to brakepulsation and rotor damage.To avoid expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel nuts inthe proper sequence and to theproper torque specification.See Capacities and Specificationson page 10-2 for the wheel nuttorque specification.

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlyin a crisscross sequence asshown.



Storing a Flat or SpareTire and ToolsStoring the CompactSpare Tire

{ CAUTION

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all thesein the proper place.

A. Compact Spare Tire(Valve Stem Pointed Down)

B. JackC. Cargo Area FloorD. Tire/Wheel Retainer NutE. Jack HandleF. Wheel Wrench

1. Place the jack handle (E) andwheel wrench (F) back in theiroriginal location in the passengerside of the cargo area.

2. Place the jack (B) back in itsoriginal location on the driverside of the cargo area and closethe latch over the jack (B).

3. Place the compact spare tire (A),valve stem pointed down, backin its original location in thecenter of the cargo area.

4. Turn the tire/wheel retainernut (D) clockwise to secure iton the compact spare tire (A).

5. Close the cargo area floor (C).

Storing the Full-Size Flat Tire

{ CAUTION

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.



The standard tire cannot bestored in the compact spare tirestorage area.

To store the standard flat tire:

1. If your vehicle has aluminumwheels, remove the center wheelcap before storing the flat tire.

2. Place the flat tire on the rearcargo area floor panel withthe valve stem facing up.

3. Use the tire tie-down strapslocated under the floor panelto secure the flat tire.

4. Hook the end closest to thebuckle, to the front cargo hooks.

5. Pass the straps through thecenter hole of the wheel.

6. Attach the other end of thestraps to the cargo hooks.

7. Position the tire edge against therear center end of the floor panel.Pull the end of the straps to makesure the tire is secure.

Store the compact spare tireproperly after use.



Return the jack and tools to the leftside of the compartment after use.

Compact Spare TireThe compact spare tire was fullyinflated when the vehicle was new,it can lose air after a time. Checkthe inflation pressure regularly.It should be 60 psi (414 kPa).

After installing the compact spareon your vehicle, you should stop assoon as possible and make sureyour spare tire is correctly inflated.The compact spare is intended toperform well at speeds up to 50 mph(80 km/h), so you can finish your tripand have your full-size tire repairedor replaced where you want. Replaceyour spare with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Notice: When the compact spareis installed, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheeland other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use your compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix your compact sparetire or wheel with other wheels ortires. Keep your spare tire andits wheel together.

Notice: Tire chains will notfit the compact spare. Usingthem can damage the vehicleand can damage the chains too.Do not use tire chains on thecompact spare.



Jump StartingIf your vehicle’s battery has rundown, you may want to use anothervehicle and some jumper cablesto start your vehicle. Be sure to usethe following steps to do it safely.

{ CAUTION

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

• They contain acid that canburn you.

• They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

• They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damageto your vehicle that would notbe covered by your warranty.

Trying to start your vehicleby pushing or pulling it willnot work, and it could damageyour vehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Notice: If the other vehicle’ssystem is not a 12-volt systemwith a negative ground, bothvehicles can be damaged. Onlyuse vehicles with 12-volt systemswith negative grounds to jumpstart your vehicle.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables can reach,but be sure the vehicles are nottouching each other. If they are, itcould cause a ground connectionyou do not want. You would notbe able to start your vehicle, andthe bad grounding could damagethe electrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) ora manual transmission inNEUTRAL before settingthe parking brake.

Notice: If you leave the radioor other accessories on duringthe jump starting procedure, theycould be damaged. The repairswould not be covered by thewarranty. Always turn offthe radio and other accessorieswhen jump starting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter. Turn off the radioand all lamps that are not needed.This will avoid sparks and helpsave both batteries. And it couldsave the radio!



4. Open the hoods and locate thebatteries. Find the positive (+)and negative (−) terminallocations on each vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overviewon page 9-6 for more informationon location.

{ CAUTION

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ CAUTION

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded. Usea flashlight if you need more light.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

Be sure the battery has enoughwater. You do not need to addwater to the battery installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it islow, add water to take care ofthat first. If you don’t, explosivegas could be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ CAUTION

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehicles couldbe damaged too.Before you connect the cables,here are some basic things youshould know. Positive (+) will goto positive (+) or to a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one. Negative (−) will go to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to a remote negative (−)terminal if the vehicle has one.Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or you will get a shortthat would damage the batteryand maybe other parts too. Anddo not connect the negative (−)cable to the negative (−) terminalon the dead battery because thiscan cause sparks.



6. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+) terminalof the dead battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one.

7. Do not let the other endtouch metal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery. Use a remote positive (+)terminal if the vehicle has one.

8. To access the remote negativeon the 1.8L engine, the coverwill need to be removed.To remove the engine coverraise the rear of the engine coverto remove the rear clips andthe front of the engine coverto remove the two front clips

Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to the negativeterminal of the good battery.Use a remote negative (−)terminal if the vehicle has one.Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.The other end of the negative (−)cable does not go to the deadbattery. It goes to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part or toa remote negative (−) terminal onthe vehicle with the dead battery.

1.8 L4 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine



9. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable at least18 inches (45 cm) away from thedead battery, but not near engineparts that move. The electricalconnection is just as good there,and the chance of sparks gettingback to the battery is much less.

10. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, it probablyneeds service.

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by your warranty. Alwaysconnect and remove the jumpercables in the correct order,making sure that the cables do nottouch each other or other metal.

A. Heavy, Unpainted MetalEngine Part

B. Good BatteryC. Dead Battery

To disconnect the jumper cablesfrom both vehicles, do the following:

1. Disconnect the black negative (−)cable from the vehicle that hadthe dead battery.

2. Disconnect the black negative (−)cable from the vehicle with thegood battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the vehicle with thegood battery.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the other vehicle.

Jumper Cable Removal



Towing

Towing Your VehicleTo avoid damage, the disabledvehicle should be towed with allfour wheels off the ground. Consultyour dealer/retailer or a professionaltowing service if the disabled vehiclemust be towed. See RoadsideAssistance Program on page 12-5.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes(such as behind a motorhome),see “Recreational Vehicle Towing”following.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing your vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind amotorhome. The two most commontypes of recreational vehicle towing

are known as “dinghy towing” (towingyour vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground) and “dolly towing”(towing your vehicle with two wheelson the ground and two wheels up ona device known as a “dolly”).

With the proper preparation andequipment, many vehicles can betowed in these ways. See “DinghyTowing” and “Dolly Towing,”following.

Here are some important things toconsider before you do recreationalvehicle towing:

• What is the towing capacityof the towing vehicle?Be sure you read the towvehicle manufacturer’srecommendations.

• How far will you tow? Somevehicles have restrictions on howfar and how long they can tow.

• Do you have the proper towingequipment? See your dealer/retailer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

• Is your vehicle ready to be towed?Just as you would prepare yourvehicle for a long trip, you willwant to make sure your vehicleis prepared to be towed. See“Before Leaving On A Long Trip”in the Index.

Dinghy TowingIf your vehicle has an automatictransmission, it cannot be dinghytowed. See “Dolly Towing” formore information regardingtowing your vehicle.

If your vehicle has a manualtransmission, it can be dinghytowed.



When dinghy towing, be sure tofollow the posted legal speed limit.

1. Put the shift lever in Neutral.

2. Turn the ignition toACC/ACCESSORY to avoidlocking the steering wheel.Make sure the audio systemis turned off and that nothing isplugged into the power outlets.

3. Release the parking brake.

After dinghy towing, let the engineidle for more than three minutesbefore driving the vehicle.

Do not tow your vehicle fromthe rear. Your vehicle could be badlydamaged and the repairs wouldnot be covered by your warranty.

Dolly Towing(All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)All-wheel-drive vehicles must notbe towed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placedon a platform trailer with all fourwheels off of the ground.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-DriveVehicles Only)

To tow your front-wheel-drivevehicle using a dolly, followthese steps:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor Neutral for a manualtransmission.

3. Set the parking brake.



4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designedfor towing.

5. Remove the key from theignition.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Towing a Trailer

{ CAUTION

The driver can lose control whenpulling a trailer if the correctequipment is not used or thevehicle is not driven properly.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell or even at all. The driver andpassengers could be seriously

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

injured. The vehicle may also bedamaged; the resulting repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Pull a trailer onlyif all the steps in this section havebeen followed. Ask yourdealer/retailer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if itis equipped with the proper trailertowing equipment. To identify thevehicle trailering capacity of yourvehicle, you should read theinformation in “Weight of the Trailer”that appears later in this section.Trailering is different than just drivingyour vehicle by itself. Traileringmeans changes in handling,

acceleration, braking, durability andfuel economy. Successful, safetrailering takes correct equipment,and it has to be used properly.

That is the reason for this part.In it are many time-tested, importanttrailering tips and safety rules. Manyof these are important for your safetyand that of your passengers.So please read this sectioncarefully before you pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such asthe engine, transmission, wheelassemblies and tires are forced towork harder against the drag ofthe added weight. The engineis required to operate at relativelyhigher speeds and under greaterloads, generating extra heat.In addition, the trailer addsconsiderably to wind resistance,increasing the pulling requirements.



If You Do Decide To Pull ATrailerIf you do, here are some importantpoints:

• There are many different laws,including speed limit restrictions,having to do with trailering. Makesure the rig will be legal, not onlywhere you live but also where youwill be driving. A good source forthis information can be state orprovincial police.

• Consider using a sway control.Ask a hitch dealer about swaycontrols.

• Do not tow a trailer at all duringthe first 1,000 miles (1 600 km)the new vehicle is driven. Theengine, axle or other parts couldbe damaged.

• Then, during the first 500 miles(800 km) that trailer is towed, donot drive over 50 mph (80 km/h)and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engineand other parts of the vehiclewear in at the heavier loads.

• Obey speed limit restrictionswhen towing a trailer. Do not drivefaster than the maximum postedspeed for trailers, or no more than55 mph (90 km/h), to save wearon the vehicle’s parts.

Three important considerations haveto do with weight:

• the weight of the trailer

• the weight of the trailer tongue

• and the total weight on yourvehicle’s tires

Weight of the TrailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than1,500 lbs (680 kg). But eventhat can be too heavy.

It depends on how you plan touse your rig. For example, speed,altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature and how much yourvehicle is used to pull a trailer areall important. It can also depend onany special equipment that you haveon your vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section for moreinformation.



Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in the towvehicle and it has all the requiredtrailering equipment. The weightof additional optional equipment,passengers and cargo in the towvehicle must be subtracted fromthe maximum trailer weight.

You can ask your dealer/retailer forour trailering information or advice,or you can write us at our CustomerAssistance Offices. See CustomerAssistance Offices on page 12-4 formore information.

Weight of the Trailer TongueThe tongue load (A) of any traileris an important weight to measurebecause it affects the total or grossweight of your vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, any cargoyou may carry in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.

And if you tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will be carrying thatweight, too. See Loading the Vehicleon page 8-32 for more informationabout your vehicle’s maximum loadcapacity.

If using a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch, the trailertongue (A) should weigh 10 to15 percent of the total loaded trailerweight (B).

After the trailer is loaded, weighthe trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weightsare proper. If they are not, you maybe able to get them right simplyby moving some items around inthe trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’sTiresBe sure your vehicle’s tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers are located onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel located on the vehicle’s centerpillar (B-pillar). See Loading theVehicle on page 8-32. Then be sureyou do not go over the GVW limitfor your vehicle, including the weightof the trailer tongue.



HitchesIt is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds,large trucks going by and roughroads are a few reasons whyyou will need the right hitch.Here are some rules to follow:

• Do not let the steel in a hitchcontact the aluminum on yourbumper because it can corrode.Use something like paint or plastictape to separate the steel andaluminum. The same steel toaluminum problem can happenwith fasteners too.

• Will you have to make any holesin the body of your vehicle whenyou install a trailer hitch? If youdo, then be sure to seal the holeslater when you remove the hitch.If you do not seal them, deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into your vehicle.See “Engine Exhaust” in theIndex. Dirt and water can too.

Safety ChainsYou should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and yourtrailer. Cross the safety chainsunder the tongue of the trailerso that the tongue will not dropto the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be providedby the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow themanufacturer’s recommendation forattaching safety chains and do notattach them to the bumper. Leavesufficient slack in the chain for turns.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer BrakesDoes your trailer have its ownbrakes?Be sure to read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes soyou will be able to install, adjust andmaintain them properly. If you haveantilock brakes, do not tap into yourvehicle’s brake system. If you do,both systems will not work well,or at all.

Driving with a TrailerTowing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Get to knowthe rig before setting out for the openroad. Acquaint yourself with the feelof handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. Andalways keep in mind that the vehicleyou are driving is now a good deallonger and not nearly as responsiveas your vehicle is by itself.

Before you start, check the trailerhitch, platform and attachments,safety chains, electrical connector,lamps, tires and mirror adjustment.If the trailer has electric brakes, startyour vehicle and trailer moving andthen apply the trailer brake controllerby hand to be sure the brakesare working. This lets you checkyour electrical connection at thesame time.

During your trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secure,and that the lamps and anytrailer brakes are still working.



Following DistanceStay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

PassingMore distance in front is needed topass when towing a trailer. And,because the tow vehicle and trailerare longer, you will need to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore you can return to your lane.

Backing UpHold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to movethe trailer to the left, just move thathand to the left. To move the trailerto the right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and, ifpossible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns

Notice: Making very sharp turnswhile trailering could causethe trailer to come in contact withthe vehicle. The vehicle couldbe damaged. Avoid making verysharp turns while trailering.

When you are turning with a trailer,make wider turns than normal.Do this so your trailer will not strikesoft shoulders, curbs, road signs,trees or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden maneuvers. Signal well inadvance.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailerWhen you tow a trailer, your vehiclemay need a different turn signalflasher and/or extra wiring. Checkwith your dealer/retailer. The arrowson the instrument panel flashwhenever you signal a turn or lanechange. Properly hooked up, thetrailer lamps also flash, telling otherdrivers you are about to turn, changelanes or stop.

When towing a trailer, the arrowson the instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailerare burned out. Thus, you may thinkdrivers behind you are seeing yoursignal when they are not. It isimportant to check occasionally to besure the trailer bulbs are still working.

Driving On GradesReduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a long orsteep downgrade. If you do not shiftdown, you might have to use yourbrakes so much that they would gethot and no longer work well.

On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce your speed to around45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce thepossibility of the engine and thetransmission overheating.



Parking on Hills

{ CAUTION

Parking the vehicle on a hillwith the trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

To park your rig on a hill:

1. Apply your regular brakes, butdo not shift into P (Park) for anautomatic transmission or intogear for a manual transmission,yet. When parking uphill, turnyour wheels away from the curb.When parking downhill, turn yourwheels into the curb.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the chocks are in place,release the regular brakes untilthe chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the regular brakes.Then apply your parkingbrake and shift into P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor R (Reverse) for a manualtransmission.

5. Release the regular brakes.

When You Are Ready to LeaveAfter Parking on a Hill1. Apply your regular brakes and

hold the pedal down while you:

• start your engine

• shift the transmissioninto gear

• release the parking brake

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowingYour vehicle will need service moreoften when you are pulling a trailer.See the Maintenance Schedulefor more on this. Things that areespecially important in traileroperation are automatic transmissionfluid (do not overfill), engine oil, drivebelt, cooling system and brakesystem. Each of these is covered inthis manual, and the Index will helpfind them quickly. If you are trailering,it is a good idea to review thisinformation before starting your trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowingThe cooling system couldtemporarily overheat during severeoperating conditions. See EngineOverheating on page 9-22.



Appearance Care

Interior CleaningYour vehicle’s interior will continueto look its best if it is cleaned often.Although not always visible, dustand dirt can accumulate on yourupholstery. Dirt can damage carpet,fabric, leather, and plastic surfaces.Regular vacuuming is recommendedto remove particles from theupholstery. It is important to keepyour upholstery from becoming andremaining heavily soiled. Soilsshould be removed as quickly aspossible. Your vehicle’s interior mayexperience extremes of heat thatcould cause stains to set rapidly.

Lighter colored interiors may requiremore frequent cleaning. Use carebecause newspapers and garmentsthat transfer color to your homefurnishings may also transfercolor to your vehicle’s interior.

When cleaning your vehicle’sinterior, only use cleaners specificallydesigned for the surfaces beingcleaned. Permanent damage mayresult from using cleaners onsurfaces for which they were notintended. Use glass cleaner onlyon glass. Remove any accidentalover-spray from other surfacesimmediately. To prevent over-spray,apply cleaner directly to the cleaningcloth.

Notice: If you use abrasivecleaners when cleaning glasssurfaces on your vehicle, youcould scratch the glass and/orcause damage to the rear windowdefogger. When cleaning the glasson your vehicle, use only a softcloth and glass cleaner.

Many cleaners contain solvents thatmay become concentrated in yourvehicle’s breathing space. Beforeusing cleaners, read and adhere toall safety instructions on the label.While cleaning your vehicle’s interior,

maintain adequate ventilation byopening your vehicle’s doors andwindows.

Dust may be removed from smallbuttons and knobs using a smallbrush with soft bristles.

Your dealer/retailer has a product forcleaning your vehicle’s glass. Youcan also obtain a product from yourdealer/retailer to remove odors fromyour vehicle’s upholstery.

Do not clean your vehicle using thefollowing cleaners or techniques:

• Never use a knife or anyother sharp object to remove asoil from any interior surface.

• Never use a stiff brush. It cancause damage to your vehicle’sinterior surfaces.

• Never apply heavy pressure orrub aggressively with a cleaningcloth. Use of heavy pressure candamage the interior and does notimprove the effectiveness of soilremoval.



• Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps.Avoid laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. Using too muchsoap will leave a residue thatleaves streaks and attracts dirt.For liquid cleaners, about20 drops per gallon (3.78 L)of water is a good guide.

• Do not heavily saturate theupholstery while cleaning.

• Damage to your vehicle’s interiormay result from the use of manyorganic solvents such as naptha,alcohol, etc.

Fabric/CarpetUse a vacuum cleaner with asoft brush attachment frequentlyto remove dust and loose dirt.A canister vacuum with a beater barin the nozzle may only be used onfloor carpet and carpeted floor mats.For soils, always try to remove themfirst with plain water or club soda.Before cleaning, gently remove asmuch of the soil as possible usingone of the following techniques:

• For liquids: gently blot theremaining soil with a paper towel.Allow the soil to absorb into thepaper towel until no more can beremoved.

• For solid dry soils: remove asmuch as possible and thenvacuum.

To clean, use the followinginstructions:

1. Saturate a lint-free, clean whitecloth with water or club soda.

2. Wring the cloth to remove excessmoisture.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Continue cleaning, usinga clean area of the cloth eachtime it becomes soiled.

4. Continue to gently rub the soiledarea until the cleaning clothremains clean.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution and repeat the cleaningprocess that was used withplain water.



If any of the soil remains, acommercial fabric cleaner or spotlifter may be necessary. When acommercial upholstery cleaner orspot lifter is to be used, test a smallhidden area for colorfastness first.If the locally cleaned area gives anyimpression that a ring formation mayresult, clean the entire surface.

After the cleaning process has beencompleted, a paper towel can beused to blot excess moisturefrom the fabric or carpet.

LeatherA soft cloth dampened withwater can be used to remove dust.If a more thorough cleaning isnecessary, a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution can beused. Allow the leather to drynaturally. Do not use heat to dry.Never use steam to clean leather.Never use spot lifters or spotremovers on leather. Manycommercial leather cleaners andcoatings that are sold to preserveand protect leather may permanentlychange the appearance andfeel of your leather and are notrecommended. Do not use siliconeor wax-based products, or thosecontaining organic solvents to cleanyour vehicle’s interior becausethey can alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in a non-uniformmanner. Never use shoe polish onleather.

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, andOther Plastic SurfacesA soft cloth dampened with watermay be used to remove dust.If a more thorough cleaning isnecessary, a clean soft clothdampened with a mild soap solutioncan be used to gently remove dustand dirt. Never use spot lifters orremovers on plastic surfaces.Many commercial cleaners andcoatings that are sold to preserveand protect soft plastic surfaces maypermanently change the appearanceand feel of your interior and are notrecommended. Do not use siliconeor wax-based products, or thosecontaining organic solvents to cleanyour vehicle’s interior becausethey can alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in a non-uniformmanner.Some commercial products mayincrease gloss on your instrumentpanel. The increase in gloss maycause annoying reflections in thewindshield and even make it difficultto see through the windshield undercertain conditions.



Exterior CleaningCleaning ExteriorLamps/LensesUse only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth and a car washing soap toclean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under “WashingYour Vehicle” later in this section.

Finish CareOccasional waxing or mild polishingof your vehicle by hand may benecessary to remove residuefrom the paint finish. You canget approved cleaning productsfrom your dealer/retailer.

If your vehicle has abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish,the clearcoat gives more depthand gloss to the colored basecoat.Always use waxes and polishes thatare non-abrasive and made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish.

Notice: Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on yourvehicle.

Foreign materials such as calciumchloride and other salts, ice meltingagents, road oil and tar, tree sap,bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage your vehicle’s finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Exterior painted surfaces are subjectto aging, weather and chemicalfallout that can take their toll overa period of years. You can help tokeep the paint finish looking new bykeeping your vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Bright metal parts should becleaned regularly to keep theirluster. Wash with water oruse chrome polish on chrome orstainless steel trim, if necessary.

Use special care with aluminumtrim. To avoid damaging protectivetrim, never use auto or chromepolish, steam or caustic soap toclean aluminum. A coating ofwax, rubbed to high polish, isrecommended for all bright metalparts.



Washing Your VehicleThe best way to preserve yourvehicle’s finish is to keep it clean bywashing it often.

Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight. Use a car washing soap.

Notice: Certain cleaners containchemicals that can damage theemblems or nameplates on yourvehicle. Check the cleaningproduct label. If it states that itshould not be used on plasticparts, do not use it on your vehicleor damage may occur and it wouldnot be covered by the warranty.

Do not use cleaning agents that arepetroleum based or that contain acidor abrasives, as they can damagethe paint, metal or plastic on yourvehicle. Approved cleaning productscan be obtained from your dealer/retailer. Follow all manufacturers’directions regarding correct productusage, necessary safety precautionsand appropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches andwater spotting.

High pressure car washes maycause water to enter the vehicle.Avoid using high pressure washescloser than 12 inches (30 cm) tothe surface of the vehicle. Use ofpower washers exceeding 1,200 psi(8 274 kPa) can result in damage orremoval of paint and decals.

WeatherstripsSilicone grease on weatherstrips willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth.During very cold, damp weatherfrequent application may be required.See “Fluids and Lubricants” in theIndex of the “Maintenance andWarranty and Owner assistanceInformation” manual.



Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor ChromeYour vehicle may have eitheraluminum or chrome-plated wheels.

Keep the wheels clean using asoft clean cloth with mild soap andwater. Rinse with clean water.After rinsing thoroughly, dry with asoft clean towel. A wax may thenbe applied.

Notice: Chrome wheels andother chrome trim may bedamaged if you do not wash yourvehicle after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium, calcium or sodiumchloride. These chlorides areused on roads for conditionssuch as ice and dust. Alwayswash your vehicle’s chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Notice: If you use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminumor chrome-plated wheels,you could damage the surface ofthe wheel(s). The repairs wouldnot be covered by your warranty.Use only approved cleaners onaluminum or chrome-platedwheels.

The surface of these wheels issimilar to the painted surface of yourvehicle. Do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,abrasive cleaners, cleaners withacid, or abrasive cleaning brusheson them because you could damagethe surface. Do not use chromepolish on aluminum wheels.

Notice: Using chrome polish onaluminum wheels could damagethe wheels. The repairs wouldnot be covered by your warranty.Use chrome polish on chromewheels only.

Use chrome polish only onchrome-plated wheels, but avoidany painted surface of the wheel,and buff off immediately afterapplication.

Notice: If you drive yourvehicle through an automaticcar wash that has siliconecarbide tire cleaning brushes,you could damage the aluminumor chrome-plated wheels. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty. Never drive avehicle equipped with aluminumor chrome-plated wheels throughan automatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes.



Windshield and Wiper BladesClean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean the rubber blades using a lintfree cloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning the blades.Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildupof vehicle wash/wax treatments maycause wiper streaking. Replace thewiper blades if they are worn ordamaged.

Wipers can be damaged by:

• Extreme dusty conditions

• Sand and salt

• Heat and sun

• Snow and ice, without properremoval

TiresTo clean the tires, use a stiff brushwith tire cleaner.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on yourvehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applyinga tire dressing, always wipe offany overspray from all paintedsurfaces on your vehicle.

Sheet Metal DamageIf the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintainingthe vehicle warranty.

Finish DamageAny stone chips, fractures or deepscratches in the finish should berepaired right away. Bare metal willcorrode quickly and may develop intomajor repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can berepaired with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer/retailer.Larger areas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer’s/retailer’sbody and paint shop.



Underbody MaintenanceChemicals used for ice and snowremoval and dust control can collecton the underbody. If these are notremoved, corrosion and rust candevelop on the underbody parts suchas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, andexhaust system even though theyhave corrosion protection.

At least every spring, flush thesematerials from the underbodywith plain water. Clean any areaswhere mud and debris can collect.Dirt packed in close areas ofthe frame should be loosened beforebeing flushed. Your dealer/retaileror an underbody car washingsystem can do this for you.

Chemical Paint SpottingSome weather and atmosphericconditions can create a chemicalfallout. Airborne pollutants canfall upon and attack painted surfaceson the vehicle. This damage cantake two forms: blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Although no defect in the paint jobcauses this, we will repair, at nocharge to the owner, the surfacesof new vehicles damaged by thisfallout condition within 12 monthsor 12,000 miles (20 000 km) ofpurchase, whichever occurs first.



Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) ..................10-1

Service PartsIdentification Label ...........10-1

Capacities andSpecificationsCapacities andSpecifications ..................10-2

Normal MaintenanceReplacement PartsMaintenanceReplacement Parts ..........10-4

Engine Drive BeltRouting ...........................10-5

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This is the legal identifier for yourvehicle. It appears on a plate inthe front corner of the instrumentpanel, on the driver side. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside the vehicle. The VIN alsoappears on the Vehicle Certificationand Service Parts labels and thecertificates of title and registration.

Engine IdentificationThe eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This code helpsidentify the vehicle’s engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 10-2 for your vehicle’sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label is on the inside of theglove box. It is very helpful ifyou ever need to order parts.The label has the followinginformation:

• Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

• Model designation

• Paint information

• Production options and specialequipment

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.

Technical Data 10-1


Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Part D:Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-18 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

English Metric

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a

For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargeamount, see the refrigerant caution label locatedunder the hood. See your dealer/retailer for more

information.

Cooling System

1.8L L4 Engine 5.8 qt 5.5 L


Engine Oil with Filter



Fuel Tank 13.2 gal 50 L

Transmission, Automatic (Complete Drain and Refill)



10-2 Technical Data


ApplicationCapacities

English Metric

Transmission, Manual (Complete Drain and Refill)



Wheel Nut Torque 76 lb ft 103 Y

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.

Engine SpecificationsEngine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.8L L4 8 AutomaticManual 0.043 in (1.10 mm)

2.4L L4 0 AutomaticManual 0.043 in (1.10 mm)

Technical Data 10-3


Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer/retailer.

Part GM Part Numbers Other Part Numbers

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

1.8L L4 Engine 88975792 —

2.4L L4 Engine 88975799 —

Engine Oil Filter

1.8L L4 Engine* 19185485 —

2.4L L4 Engine 88969580 —

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 19184673 —

Spark Plugs**

1.8L L4 Engine 19185438 SK20HR11†

2.4L L4 Engine 88969636 SK20R11†IFR6A11††

*Oil Filter Element Kit includes element and seal.**The engine is fitted with iridium-tipped spark plugs. Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs for better engineperformance.† DENSO†† NGK

10-4 Technical Data


Engine Drive BeltRouting

The 1.8L L4 engine drive beltrequires the use of a special kindof tool to service. See yourdealer/retailer for service.

1.8L L4 Engine

2.4L L4 Engine

Technical Data 10-5


✍ NOTES

10-6 Technical Data


Service andMaintenance

Service and MaintenanceIntroduction .......................11-1MaintenanceRequirements ..................11-2

Your Vehicle and theEnvironment ....................11-2

How This Section isOrganized .......................11-2

Part A: ScheduledMaintenance Services ......11-3

Using the MaintenanceSchedule .........................11-3

Scheduled Maintenance ....11-4Part B: Owner Checksand Services .................11-12

At Each Fuel Fill .............11-12

At Least Once a Month ...11-13At Least Twice a Year ....11-13At Least Once a Year .....11-13Part C: PeriodicMaintenanceInspections ....................11-16

Steering, Suspension andFront Drive Axle Bootand Seal Inspection .......11-16

Exhaust SystemInspection ......................11-16

Fuel System Inspection ...11-16Engine Cooling SystemInspection ......................11-17

Throttle SystemInspection ......................11-17

Brake SystemInspection ......................11-17

Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants ....11-18

Part E: MaintenanceRecord ..........................11-20

Service andMaintenance

IntroductionImportant: Keep engine oil atthe proper level and change asrecommended.

Have you purchased the GMProtection Plan? The Plansupplements the vehicle warranties.See the Warranty and OwnerAssistance booklet or yourdealer/retailer for details.

Service and Maintenance 11-1


MaintenanceRequirementsMaintenance intervals, checks,inspections and recommended fluidsand lubricants as prescribed in thismanual are necessary to keep thisvehicle in good working condition.Any damage caused by failure tofollow scheduled maintenancemay not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Your Vehicle and theEnvironmentProper vehicle maintenance not onlyhelps to keep the vehicle in goodworking condition, but also helpsthe environment. Improper vehiclemaintenance can even affect thequality of the air we breathe.Improper fluid levels or the wrong tireinflation can increase the level ofemissions from the vehicle. To helpprotect the environment, and to keepthe vehicle in good condition, be sureto maintain the vehicle properly.

How This Section isOrganizedThis maintenance schedule isdivided into five parts:

“Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices” explains what to havedone and how often. Some ofthese services can be complex,so unless you are technicallyqualified and have the necessaryequipment, you should let yourdealer/retailer do these jobs.

Your dealer/retailer has trainedand supported service peoplethat will perform the work usinggenuine parts.

{ CAUTION

Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be dangerous.In trying to do some jobs, you canbe seriously injured. Do your ownmaintenance work only if youhave the required know-how andthe proper tools and equipmentfor the job. If you have any doubt,have a qualified technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 9-4.

To purchase service information,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 12-16.

“Part B: Owner Checks andServices” tells what should bechecked and when. It also explainswhat can easily be done to helpkeep the vehicle in good condition.

11-2 Service and Maintenance


“Part C: Periodic MaintenanceInspections” explains importantinspections that your dealer/retailercan perform for you.

“Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants” lists somerecommended products necessaryto help keep the vehicle properlymaintained. These products, ortheir equivalents, should be usedwhether you do the work yourselfor have it done.

“Part E: Maintenance Record” is aplace to record and keep track ofthe maintenance performed onthe vehicle. Keep the maintenancereceipts. They may be neededto qualify the vehicle for warrantyrepairs.

Part A: ScheduledMaintenance ServicesIn this part are scheduledmaintenance services which areto be performed at the mileageintervals specified.

Using the MaintenanceScheduleWe want to help keep this vehicle ingood working condition. But we donot know exactly how you will drive it.You might drive short distances onlya few times a week. Or you mightdrive long distances all the time invery hot, dusty weather. You mightuse the vehicle in making deliveries.Or you might drive it to work, to doerrands, or in many other ways.

Because of the different wayspeople use their vehicles,maintenance needs vary. You mightneed more frequent checks andreplacements. So please read thefollowing and note how you drive.If you have questions on how to keepthe vehicle in good condition, seeyour dealer/retailer.

This part tells you the maintenanceservices that should be doneand when to schedule them.

When you go to your dealer/retailerfor service, trained and supportedservice people will perform the workusing genuine parts.



The proper fluids and lubricants touse are listed in Part D. Makesure whoever services the vehicleuses these. All parts should bereplaced and all necessary repairsdone before you or anyone elsedrives the vehicle.

These schedules are forvehicles that:

• carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Loading the Vehicleon page 8-32.

• are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal driving limits.

• use the recommended fuel.See Gasoline Octane onpage 8-36.

Scheduled MaintenanceThe services shown in this scheduleup to 120,000 miles (192 000 km)should be repeated after120,000 miles (192 000 km) at thesame intervals for the life of thisvehicle.

See Part B: Owner Checks andServices on page 11-12, Part C:Periodic Maintenance Inspectionson page 11-16, and Part D:Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-18.

Footnotes† The U.S. Environmental ProtectionAgency or the California AirResources Board has determinedthat the failure to perform thismaintenance item will not nullify theemissions warranty or limit recallliability prior to the completion of thevehicle’s useful life. We, however,urge that all recommendedmaintenance services be performedat the indicated intervals and themaintenance be recorded.

+ A good time to check your brakesis during tire rotation. See BrakeSystem Inspection on page 11-17.

5,000 Miles (8 000 km)❑ Change engine oil and filter

(or every 3 months, whicheveroccurs first). An Emission ControlService.

❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspectionand Rotation on page 9-53 forproper rotation pattern andadditional information.(See footnote +.)

❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filterif you are driving in dustyconditions. Replace filter ifnecessary.


(or every 3 months, whicheveroccurs first). An EmissionControl Service.



❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspectionand Rotation on page 9-53for proper rotation patternand additional information.(See footnote +.)






❑ Inspect passenger compartmentair filter.












❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter(or every 24 months, whicheveroccurs first). See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 9-12 formore information.



❑ Check restraint system. Makesure the safety belt reminderlight and safety belt assembliesare working properly. Look forany other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts. If yousee anything that might keepa safety belt system fromdoing its job, have it repaired.Have any torn or frayed safetybelts replaced. Also seeAirbag System Check onpage 1-35.

❑ Replace passenger compartmentair filter.

❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, capgasket, and lines for damageor leaks (or every 24 months,whichever occurs first). Replaceparts as needed. An EmissionControl Service. (See footnote †.)

❑ Change manual transmissionfluid every 30,000 miles(48 000 km) only if your vehicleis used to tow a trailer.



























❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter(or every 24 months, whicheveroccurs first). See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 9-12for more information.

❑ Check restraint system. Makesure the safety belt reminderlight and safety belt assembliesare working properly. Look forany other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts. If yousee anything that might keepa safety belt system fromdoing its job, have it repaired.Have any torn or frayed safetybelts replaced. Also see AirbagSystem Check on page 1-35.


❑ Inspect engine accessory drivebelts (or every 48 months,whichever occurs first). Visuallyinspect belt for fraying, excessivecracks, or obvious damage.Replace belt if necessary.An Emission Control Service.

❑ Inspect for tappet noise andengine vibration. Adjust valveclearance to factory specificationsif necessary (or every 48 months,whichever occurs first).An Emission Control Service.

❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket,and lines for damage or leaks(or every 24 months, whicheveroccurs first). Replace parts asneeded. An Emission ControlService. (See footnote †.)

❑ Change manual transmission fluidevery 30,000 miles (48 000 km)only if your vehicle is used to towa trailer.



❑ Change automatic transmissionfluid every 60,000 miles(96 000 km) if the vehicle ismainly driven under one or moreof these conditions:− In heavy city traffic where the

outside temperature regularlyreaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.

− In hilly or mountainous terrain.− When doing frequent trailer

towing.− Uses such as found in taxi,

police, or delivery service.

If you do not use your vehicleunder any of these conditions, thefluid does not require changing.See Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-18for the proper fluid to use.

65,000 Miles 104 000 km)❑ Change engine oil and filter













❑ Inspect engine accessory drivebelts (or 12 months since lastinspection). An EmissionControl Service.















❑ Check restraint system. Makesure the safety belt reminderlight and safety belt assembliesare working properly. Look forany other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts. If yousee anything that might keep

a safety belt system fromdoing its job, have it repaired.Have any torn or frayedsafety belts replaced. Alsosee Airbag System Check onpage 1-35.


❑ Inspect engine accessory drivebelts (or 12 months since lastinspection). An EmissionControl Service.


















❑ Inspect engine accessory drivebelts (or every 48 months,whichever occurs first). Visuallyinspect belt for fraying, excessivecracks, or obvious damage.Replace belt if necessary.An Emission Control Service.
















❑ Inspect engine accessorydrive belts (or every 48 months,whichever occurs first). Visuallyinspect belt for fraying, excessivecracks, or obvious damage.Replace belt if necessary.An Emission Control Service.

❑ Replace spark plugs.An Emission Control Service.

❑ Inspect for tappet noise andengine vibration. Adjust valveclearance to factory specificationsif necessary (or every 48 months,whichever occurs first).An Emission Control Service.



❑ Change automatic transmissionfluid every 60,000 miles(96 000 km) if the vehicle ismainly driven under one ormore of these conditions:− In heavy city traffic where the

outside temperature regularlyreaches 90°F (32°C) orhigher.

− In hilly or mountainous terrain.− When doing frequent trailer

towing.− Uses such as found in taxi,

police, or delivery service.

If you do not use your vehicle underany of these conditions, the fluiddoes not require changing.See Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-18for the proper fluid to use.



150,000 Miles (240 000 km)❑ Drain, flush, and refill the cooling

system (or every 5 years,whichever occurs first).This service can be complex;you should have your dealer/retailer perform this service.See Engine Coolant on page 9-18for what to use. Inspect hoses.Clean radiator, condenser,pressure cap, and neck. Pressuretest cooling system and pressurecap. An Emission Control Service.

Part B: Owner Checksand ServicesThese owner checks and servicesshould be performed at the intervalsspecified to help ensure vehiclesafety, dependability, and emissioncontrol performance.

Be sure any necessary repairs arecompleted at once. Wheneverany fluids or lubricants are added tothe vehicle, make sure they arethe proper ones, as shown in Part D.

At Each Fuel FillIt is important to perform theseunderhood checks at each fuel fill.

Engine Oil Level Check

Notice: It is important to checkthe engine oil regularly and keep itat the proper level. Failure to keepthe engine oil at the proper levelcan cause damage to the enginenot covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Check the engine oil level and addthe proper oil if necessary. SeeEngine Oil on page 9-9.

Engine Coolant Level CheckCheck the engine coolant leveland add DEX-COOL® coolantmixture if necessary. See EngineCoolant on page 9-18.

Windshield Washer FluidLevel CheckCheck the windshield washer fluidlevel in the windshield washerfluid reservoir and add the properfluid if necessary. See WindshieldWasher Fluid on page 9-24.

Hood Latch Operation CheckPull the primary hood latch releasehandle inside the vehicle. Thesecondary latch should keep thehood from opening all the way whenthe primary latch is released. Makesure the hood closes firmly.See Hood Release on page 9-5.



At Least Once a MonthTire Inflation CheckInspect the tires and make sure thetires are inflated to the correctpressures. Do not forget to checkthe spare tire. See Inflation - TirePressure on page 9-47.

At Least Twice a YearWiper Blade CheckInspect wiper blades for wear,cracking, or contamination. Cleanthe windshield and wiper blades,if contaminated. Replace wiperblades that are worn or damaged.See Windshield Wiper BladeReplacement on page 9-25 andExterior Cleaning on page 9-86 formore information.

Weatherstrip LubricationSilicone grease on weatherstripswill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak.Apply silicone grease with a cleancloth. During very cold, dampweather more frequent applicationmay be required. See Part D:Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-18.

Fluid Level CheckCheck the power steering pump,rear axle, transfer case, andautomatic or manual transmissionfluid levels and add as needed.See Automatic TransmissionFluid on page 9-14 or ManualTransmission Fluid on page 9-16.Check for leaks. A fluid loss in thesesystems could indicate a problem.Have the system inspected andrepaired at once.

At Least Once a YearKey Lock Cylinders ServiceLubricate the key lock cylinders withthe lubricant specified in Part D.

Seat Operation CheckMake sure the head restraints stayin position and all seat latcheslock. Check that the recliner holdsby pushing and pulling the seatbackwhile it is reclined.

Body Lubrication ServiceLubricate all hood latch assembly,secondary latch, pivots, springanchor, release pawl, hood and bodydoor hinges, rear compartment, andany folding seat hardware. Part Dtells you what to use. More frequentlubrication might be required whenexposed to a corrosive environment.



Starter Switch Check

{ CAUTION

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle could movesuddenly. If the vehicle moves,you or others could be injured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Parking Brake on page 8-12.Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if it starts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the engine ineach gear. The vehicle shouldstart only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer/retailer for service.For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift leverin Neutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedalis not pushed all the way down,contact your dealer/retailerfor service.

Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control System Check

{ CAUTION

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle could movesuddenly. If the vehicle moves,you or others could be injured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Parking Brake on page 8-12.Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition to ON/RUN, but donot start the engine. Withoutapplying the regular brake,try to move the shift lever outof P (Park) with normal effort.If the shift lever moves outof P (Park), contact yourdealer/retailer for service.



Ignition Transmission LockCheckWhile parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF in each shift leverposition.• For automatic transmission

vehicles, the ignition should turnto LOCK/OFF only when the shiftlever is in P (Park).

• For manual transmission vehicles,the ignition should turn to LOCK/OFF only if you push the ignitionkey in farther, while turning ittoward LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer/retailer ifservice is required.

Parking Brake and AutomaticTransmission P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ CAUTION

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake,set the parking brake.• To check the parking brake’s

holding ability: With the enginerunning and transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regularbrake pedal. Do this until thevehicle is held by the parkingbrake only.

• To check the P (Park)mechanism’s holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer/retailer ifservice is required.

Underbody Flushing ServiceAt least every spring, use plainwater to flush any corrosivematerials from the underbody.Take care to clean thoroughlyany areas where mud and otherdebris can collect.



Part C: PeriodicMaintenance InspectionsListed in this part are inspectionsand services which should beperformed at least twice a year,for instance, each spring and fall.You should let your dealer/retailerdo these jobs. Make sure anynecessary repairs are completedat once.

Proper procedures to perform theseservices can be found in a servicemanual. See Service PublicationsOrdering Information on page 12-16.

Steering, Suspensionand Front Drive AxleBoot and Seal InspectionInspect the front and rearsuspension and steering system fordamaged, loose, or missing partsor signs of wear. Inspect powersteering cables for proper hook-up,binding, cracks, chafing, etc.Clean and then inspect the driveaxle boot seals for damage,tears, or leakage. Replace sealsif necessary.

Exhaust SystemInspectionInspect the complete exhaustsystem. Inspect the body near theexhaust system. Look for broken,damaged, missing, or out-of-positionparts as well as open seams, holes,loose connections, or otherconditions which could cause a heatbuild-up in the floor pan or couldlet exhaust fumes into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust on page 8-16.

Fuel System InspectionInspect the complete fuel system fordamage or leaks.



Engine Cooling SystemInspectionInspect the hoses and have themreplaced if they are cracked, swollenor deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,fittings and clamps; replace asneeded. Clean the outside of theradiator and air conditioningcondenser. To help ensure properoperation, a pressure test ofthe cooling system and pressurecap is recommended at least oncea year.

Throttle SystemInspectionInspect the throttle system forinterference or binding, and fordamaged or missing parts.Replace parts as needed.Replace any components thathave high effort or excessive wear.Do not lubricate accelerator andcruise control cables.

Brake System InspectionInspect the complete system.Inspect brake lines and hoses forproper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect discbrake pads for wear and rotors forsurface condition. Inspect otherbrake parts, including calipers,parking brake, etc. You may needto have your brakes inspected moreoften if your driving habits orconditions result in frequent braking.



Part D: Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from yourdealer/retailer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays theAmerican Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburstsymbol. To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle’s engine,see Engine Oil on page 9-9.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL®

Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 9-18.

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System Delco® Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid.

Windshield Washer Solvent Optikleen® Washer Solvent.

Manual TransmissionGM Goodwrench® Synthetic Manual Transmission Fluid(GM Part No. U.S. 12346190, in Canada 10953477 — 1 quart) orSAE 75W-90 GL-5 gear oil.

Automatic Transmission Use only T-IV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88900925,in Canada 22689186).

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Manual Transmission Shift Linkage Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Clutch Linkage Pivot Points Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Floor Shift LinkageLubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293,in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements ofNLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, andRelease Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293,in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements ofNLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Weatherstrip ConditioningWeatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 3634770, in Canada 10953518)or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. U.S. 12345579,in Canada 992887).



Part E: Maintenance RecordAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, and who performed the service andany additional information from “Owner Checks and Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” on the following recordpages. Also, you should retain all maintenance receipts.

Maintenance Record

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance Record



Maintenance Record (cont’d)




Maintenance Record (cont’d)




CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure .......................12-1

Online Owner Center ........12-3Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)Users ..............................12-4

Customer AssistanceOffices ............................12-4

GM MobilityReimbursementProgram ..........................12-5

Roadside AssistanceProgram ..........................12-5

Scheduling ServiceAppointments(for Service) .....................12-8

Scheduling ServiceAppointments (for VehicleCustomization) .................12-8

Courtesy Transportation ...12-10Collision DamageRepair ...........................12-11

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernment ...................12-15

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernment ...................12-15

Reporting Safety Defectsto General Motors .........12-16

Service PublicationsOrdering Information ......12-16

Vehicle Data Recordingand PrivacyVehicle Data Recordingand Privacy ...................12-17

Event Data Recorders .....12-17OnStar® ..........................12-18Navigation System ...........12-18Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) .......12-18

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toPontiac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle willbe resolved by the dealer’s sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern hasnot been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following stepsshould be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service, orparts manager, contact the ownerof the dealership or the generalmanager.

Customer Information 12-1


STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by the dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call thePontiac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-762-2737. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer CommunicationCentre at 1-800-263-3777 (English)or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give theCustomer AssistanceRepresentative:

• Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

• Dealership name and location.

• Vehicle delivery date and presentmileage.

When contacting Pontiac, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer’s facility.That is why we suggest you followStep One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However, ifyou continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two,you can file with the BBB Auto LineProgram to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout of court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Althoughyou may be required to resort tothis informal dispute resolutionprogram prior to filing a court action,use of the program is free of chargeand your case will generally be

heard within 40 days. If you do notagree with the decision given inyour case, you may reject itand proceed with any other venuefor relief available to you.

You can contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

12-2 Customer Information


STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns havebeen addressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial thirdparty arbiter, and may include aninformal hearing before the arbiter.The program is designed sothat the entire dispute settlementprocess, from the time you fileyour complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors CustomerCommunication Centre,1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French), orwrite to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Communication CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Online Owner Center(United States only)The Owner Center is a resourcefor your GM ownership needs.Specific vehicle information can befound in one place.

The Online Owner Centerallows you to:

• Get e-mail service reminders.

• Access information about yourspecific vehicle, including tipsand videos and an electronicversion of this owner manual.

• Keep track of your vehicle’sservice history and maintenanceschedule.

• Find GM dealers/retailers forservice nationwide.

• Receive special promotions andprivileges only available tomembers.

Refer to MyGMLink.com on the webfor updated information and toregister your vehicle.



My GM Canada (Canada only)My GM Canada is apassword-protected section ofgmcanada.com where you cansave information on GM vehicles,get personalized offers, anduse handy tools and forms withgreater ease.

Here are a few of the valuabletools and services you will haveaccess to:

• My Showroom: Find and saveinformation on vehicles andcurrent offers in your area.

• My Dealers/Retailers: Savedetails such as address andphone number for each of yourpreferred GM Dealers orRetailers.

• My Driveway: Receive servicereminders and helpful adviceon owning and maintainingyour vehicle.

• My Preferences: Manage yourprofile, subscribe to E-Newsand use tools and formswith greater ease.

To sign up to My GM Canada,visit the My GM Canada sectionwithin gmcanada.com.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Pontiac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user in the U.S.can communicate with Pontiacby dialing: 1-800-833-PONT (7668).(TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.)

Customer AssistanceOfficesPontiac encourages customersto call the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Pontiac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States — CustomerAssistancePontiac Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

www.Pontiac.com1-800-762-2737 or1-800-833-7668(For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743)

From Puerto Rico:1-800-496-9992 (English)1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

From U.S. Virgin Islands:1-800-496-9994



Canada — CustomerAssistanceGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

www.gmcanada.com1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas — CustomerAssistancePlease contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Mexico, Central Americaand Caribbean Islands/Countries (Except PuertoRico and U.S. VirginIslands) — CustomerAssistanceGeneral Motors de Mexico,S. de R.L. de C.V.Customer Assistance CenterPaseo de la Reforma #2740Col. Lomas de BezaresC.P. 11910, Mexico, D.F.01-800-508-0000Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0 800

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program, available to qualifiedapplicants, can reimburse youup to $1,000 of the cost ofeligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for yourvehicle, such as hand controlsor a wheelchair/scooter lift.

The offer is available for a verylimited period of time from thedate of vehicle purchase/lease.For more details, or to determineyour vehicle’s eligibility, visitgmmobility.com or call theGM Mobility Assistance Center at1-800-323-9935. Text telephone(TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canadaalso has a Mobility Program.Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S. purchased vehicles, call1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743);(Text telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.



Calling for AssistanceWhen calling Roadside Assistance,have the following information ready:

• Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

• Telephone number of yourlocation

• Location of the vehicle

• Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

• Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

• Description of the problem

CoverageServices are provided up to5 years/100,000 miles (160 000 km),whichever comes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Pontiac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tomake any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

Pontiac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tolimit services or payment to an owneror driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided• Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuelfor the vehicle to get to thenearest service station.

• Lock-Out Service: Service isprovided to unlock the vehicle ifyou are locked out. A remoteunlock may be available if youhave OnStar®. For securityreasons, the driver must presentidentification before this serviceis given.

• Emergency Tow From a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Pontiac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, or snow.

• Flat Tire Change: Service isprovided to change a flat tire withthe spare tire. The spare tire,if equipped, must be in goodcondition and properly inflated.It is the owner’s responsibility forthe repair or replacement of thetire if it is not covered by thewarranty.

• Battery Jump Start: Service isprovided to jump start a deadbattery.



• Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expensesmay be reimbursed during the5 years/100,000 miles(160 000 km) Powertrain warrantyperiod. Items considered arehotel, meals, and rental car.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance• Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

• Legal fines.

• Mounting, dismounting orchanging of snow tires, chains,or other traction devices.

• Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.

Services Specific to CanadianPurchased Vehicles• Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is

approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

• Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

• Trip Routing Service: Detailedmaps of North America areprovided when requested eitherwith the most direct route or themost scenic route. There is alimit of six requests per year.Additional travel information isalso available. Allow three weeksfor delivery.

• Trip Interruption Benefitsand Assistance: Must be over250 kilometres from where yourtrip was started to qualify.General Motors of Canada Limitedrequires pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Assistance advisorwill help you make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

• Alternative Service:If assistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may give youpermission to get local emergencyroad service. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Assistance. Mechanicalfailures may be covered, howeverany cost for parts and labor forrepairs not covered by thewarranty are the ownerresponsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointments(for Service)When your vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer/retailerand request an appointment.By scheduling a service appointmentand advising your service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer/retailer can help minimizeyour inconvenience.

If your vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety-related. If it is, please callyour dealership/retailer, let themknow this, and ask for instructions.

If the dealer/retailer requestsyou to bring the vehicle for service,you are urged to do so as earlyin the work day as possible to allowfor the same day repair.

Scheduling ServiceAppointments (forVehicle Customization)Your vehicle may have lighting anddoor lock features that can beprogrammed to your preference.You will need to schedule anappointment with your dealer/retailerif you would like to change theway these features are currentlyprogrammed. The following is a listof the features that can beprogrammed. See yourdealer/retailer to change theprogramming of these features:

Driver Door Key Unlock Switch:If this feature is programmed on,all of the doors will unlock when thekey is turned twice in the driver’sdoor lock cylinder. When the vehicleleft the factory this feature wasprogrammed on.

Courtesy Lamp Timer: Thisfeature allows for changing howlong the courtesy lamps stayon when all the doors and liftgateare closed and the key is out ofthe ignition, in LOCK/OFF, orin ACC/ACCESSORY. When thevehicle left the factory the courtesylamps were programmed to stayon for 15 seconds. This canbe changed to 7.5 seconds or30 seconds.

Interior Lamps when IgnitionOff: If this feature is programmedon, the interior lamps will come onwhen the ignition is turned offwhen it is dark outside. When thevehicle left the factory thisfeature was programmed on.



Interior Lamps on with DoorKey Unlock: If this feature isprogrammed on, the interior lampswill come on when the doors areunlocked when it is dark outside.When the vehicle left the factory thisfeature was programmed on.

Key Fob Signal: If this feature isprogrammed on, the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmittercan be used to lock and unlockthe vehicle. When the vehicle leftthe factory this feature wasprogrammed on.

RFA Visual Feedback: If thisfeature is programmed on,the hazard lights will flash when youlock and unlock the vehicle withthe RKE transmitter. When thevehicle left the factory this featurewas programmed on.

RFA All Unlock Enable: If thisfeature is programmed on, pressingthe RKE unlock button twicewithin three seconds will unlock allof the doors. When the vehicleleft the factory this featurewas programmed on.

Remote Panic Command: If thisfeature is programmed on, pressingand holding the RKE panic buttonwill cause the horn to sound and thelights to flash. When the vehicleleft the factory this feature wasprogrammed on.

Automatic Door Locking: If thisfeature is programmed on, the doorswill automatically lock when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park) orwhen the vehicle speed is greaterthan 8 mph (13 km/h).

Automatic Door Unlocking: If thisfeature is programmed on, the doorswill automatically unlock when thevehicle is shifted into P (Park) orwhen the ignition is turned off.

All Door Unlock Command: If thisfeature is programmed on, the doorswill all unlock when the driver’s dooris opened.

Lock-out Timer: This feature allowsfor changing how long of a delaythere is before all of the doors lockwhen pressing the lock button on theRKE transmitter. When the vehicleleft the factory the delay was set for1 minute. This can be changed to30 seconds or 2 minutes.



Courtesy TransportationTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with the Bumperto Bumper (Base Warranty Coverageperiod in Canada) and extendedpowertrain warranty in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several courtesy transportationoptions are available to assistin reducing your inconveniencewhen warranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a partof the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.A separate booklet entitled “Warrantyand Owner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation OptionsWarranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to wait, GM helps tominimize your inconvenience byproviding several transportationoptions. Depending on thecircumstances, your dealer canoffer you one of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideyou with shuttle service to get youto your destination with minimalinterruption of your daily schedule.This includes one-way or roundtrip shuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofthe dealer’s area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If your vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used instead of thedealer’s shuttle service, the expensemust be supported by originalreceipts and can only be up to themaximum amount allowed by GMfor shuttle service. In addition, forU.S. customers, should you arrangetransportation through a friend orrelative, limited reimbursement forreasonable fuel expenses may beavailable. Claim amounts shouldreflect actual costs and be supportedby original receipts. See yourdealer for information regardingthe allowance amounts forreimbursement of fuel or othertransportation costs.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicle orreimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if your vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card,etc. You are responsible for fuelusage charges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion ofthe repair.

It may not be possible to provide alike-vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformationAll program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contactyour dealer for specific informationabout availability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangementswill be administered by appropriatedealer personnel.

General Motors reserves the rightto unilaterally modify, changeor discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein atits sole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf your vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, havethe damage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish your vehicle’s resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision PartsGenuine GM Collision parts arenew parts made with the samematerials and construction methodsas the parts with which your vehiclewas originally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are your best choiceto ensure that your vehicle’sdesigned appearance, durability, andsafety are preserved. The use ofGenuine GM parts can help maintainyour GM New Vehicle Warranty.



Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart, may be an acceptable choice tomaintain your vehicle’s originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance, however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by your GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM andmay not have been tested for yourvehicle. As a result, these partsmay fit poorly, exhibit prematuredurability/corrosion problems,and may not perform properly insubsequent collisions. Aftermarketparts are not covered by your

GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty,and any vehicle failure related tosuch parts are not covered by thatwarranty.

Repair FacilityWe recommend that you choosea collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before youever need collision repairs.Your dealer/retailer may have acollision repair center withGM-trained technicians and state ofthe art equipment, or be able torecommend a collision repair centerthat has GM-trained techniciansand comparable equipment.

Insuring Your VehicleProtect your investment in yourGM vehicle with comprehensiveand collision insurance coverage.There are significant differencesin the quality of coverage affordedby various insurance policy terms.

Many insurance policies providereduced protection to your GMvehicle by limiting compensationfor damage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts.Some insurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collisionparts. When purchasing insurance,we recommend that you assureyour vehicle will be repaired withGM original equipment collisionparts. If such insurance coverage isnot available from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If your vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you tohave insurance that assuresrepairs with Genuine GM OriginalEquipment Manufacturer (OEM)parts or Genuine Manufacturerreplacement parts. Read your leasecarefully, as you may be chargedat the end of your lease forpoor quality repairs.



If a Crash OccursHere is what to do if you areinvolved in a crash.

• Check to make sure that you areall right. If you are uninjured,make sure that no one else inyour vehicle, or the other vehicle,is injured.

• If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help.Do not leave the scene of a crashuntil all matters have been takencare of. Move your vehicle only ifits position puts you in danger oryou are instructed to move it by apolice officer.

• Give only the necessary andrequested information to policeand other parties involved in thecrash. Do not discuss yourpersonal condition, mental frameof mind, or anything unrelated tothe crash. This will help guardagainst post-crash legal action.

• If you need roadside assistance,call GM Roadside Assistance.See Roadside AssistanceProgram on page 12-5 for moreinformation.

• If your vehicle cannot be driven,know where the towing servicewill be taking it. Get a card fromthe tow truck operator or writedown the driver’s name,the service’s name, and thephone number.

• Remove any valuables from yourvehicle before it is towed away.Make sure this includes yourinsurance information andregistration if you keep theseitems in your vehicle.

• Gather the important informationyou will need from the otherdriver. Things like name, address,phone number, driver’s licensenumber, vehicle license

plate, vehicle make, model andmodel year, Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN), insurancecompany and policy number, anda general description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

• If possible, call your insurancecompany from the scene of thecrash. They will walk you throughthe information they will need.If they ask for a police report,phone or go to the policedepartment headquarters the nextday and you can get a copy of thereport for a nominal fee. In somestates/provinces with “no fault”insurance laws, a report may notbe necessary. This is especiallytrue if there are no injuries andboth vehicles are driveable.



• Choose a reputable collisionrepair facility for your vehicle.Whether you select a dealer/retailer or a private collision repairfacility to fix the damage, makesure you are comfortable withthem. Remember, you will have tofeel comfortable with their work fora long time.

• Once you have an estimate, readit carefully and make sure youunderstand what work will beperformed on your vehicle. If youhave a question, ask for anexplanation. Reputable shopswelcome this opportunity.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair ProcessIn the event that your vehiclerequires damage repairs, GMrecommends that you take an activerole in its repair. If you have apre-determined repair facilityof choice, take your vehicle there,or have it towed there. Specify tothe facility that any requiredreplacement collision parts beoriginal equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be coveredby your GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts.

Discuss this with your repairprofessional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember if yourvehicle is leased you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party’s insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accepta repair valuation based onthat insurance company’s collisionpolicy repair limits, as you haveno contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you canhave control of the repair andparts choices as long as cost stayswithin reasonable limits.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you,your dealer/retailer, orGeneral Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov;or write to:Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington D.C., 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that your vehicle hasa safety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, in additionto notifying General Motors ofCanada Limited. Call them at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch2780 Sheffield RoadOttawa, Ontario K1B 3V9



Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA(or Transport Canada) in asituation like this, please notifyGeneral Motors.

Call 1-800-762-2737, or write:

Pontiac Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Service PublicationsOrdering InformationService ManualsService Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on engines,transmission, axle suspension,brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc.

Service BulletinsService Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis and serviceof your vehicle.

Owner InformationOwner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle.

The owner manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee

Current and Past ModelOrder FormsTechnical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.To request an order form, specifyyear and model name of the vehicle.



ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday-Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover),visit Helm, Inc. on the World WideWeb at: helminc.com

Or you can write to:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

Prices are subject to changewithout notice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

Note to Canadian Customers:All listed prices are quoted inU.S. funds. Canadian residentsare to make checks payable inU.S. funds.

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyYour GM vehicle has a number ofsophisticated computers that recordinformation about the vehicle’sperformance and how it is driven.For example, your vehicle usescomputer modules to monitor andcontrol engine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy airbags in a crash and, ifso equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver controlthe vehicle. These modules maystore data to help your dealer/retailertechnician service your vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how you operate the vehicle,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modulesmay also retain the owner’s personalpreferences, such as radio pre-sets,seat positions, and temperaturesettings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle has an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purposeof an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an airbag deploymentor hitting a road obstacle, data thatwill assist in understanding howa vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short periodof time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:

• How various systems in yourvehicle were operating

• Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened

• How far, if at all, the driver waspressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal

• How fast the vehicle wastraveling



This data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.

Important: EDR data is recordedby your vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no datais recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender,age, and crash location) isrecorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required,and access to the vehicle or theEDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, otherparties, such as law enforcement,that have the special equipment, canread the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request of police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM’s defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied toa specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If your vehicle has OnStar and yousubscribe to the OnStar services,please refer to the OnStar Terms andConditions for information on datacollection and use.

Navigation SystemIf your vehicle has a navigationsystem, use of the system may resultin the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers, andother trip information. Refer to thenavigation system operating manualfor information on stored data and fordeletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such astire pressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas key fobs for remote doorlocking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link withany other GM system containingpersonal information.



AAccessories and

Modifications ...................... 9-3Accessory Power Outlets ........ 4-9Adding Equipment to Your

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-34Additives, Fuel ..................... 8-37Add-On Electrical

Equipment ....................... 9-35Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ....... 9-12Air Conditioning ..................... 7-1Airbag

Passenger StatusIndicator ....................... 4-15

Readiness Light ................ 4-14System, Replacing Parts

After a Crash ................ 1-35Airbag System ..................... 1-21

Adding Equipment toYour Airbag-EquippedVehicle ........................ 1-34

Check ............................. 1-35How Does an Airbag

Restrain? ..................... 1-26

Airbag System (cont.)Passenger Sensing

System ........................ 1-28Servicing Your

Airbag-EquippedVehicle ........................ 1-33

What Makes an AirbagInflate? ........................ 1-26

What Will You See Afteran Airbag Inflates? ........ 1-26

When Should an AirbagInflate? ........................ 1-24

Where Are the Airbags? ..... 1-23All-Wheel-Drive (AWD)

System ........................... 8-22All-Wheel-Drive Service

Light ............................... 4-24Antenna, Fixed Mast ............ 6-14Antenna, XM™ Satellite

Radio Antenna System ...... 6-14Antilock Brake

System (ABS) .................. 8-20Antilock Brake, System

Warning Light ................... 4-18

Appearance CareChemical Paint Spotting ..... 9-90Exterior Cleaning .............. 9-86Finish Damage ................. 9-89Interior Cleaning ............... 9-83Sheet Metal Damage ........ 9-89Underbody Maintenance .... 9-90

Appointments, SchedulingService ........................... 12-8

Ashtray(s) ........................... 4-10Audio System ........................ 6-1

Audio Steering WheelControls ....................... 6-13

Fixed Mast Antenna .......... 6-14Radio Reception ............... 6-14Setting the Clock ................ 6-2XM™ Satellite Radio

Antenna System ............ 6-14Audio System(s) .................... 6-3Automatic Headlamp System ... 5-2Automatic Transmission

Fluid ............................... 9-14Operation .................... 8-6, 8-8

INDEX i-1


BBattery ............................... 9-30

Run-Down Protection .......... 5-4Brake

System Inspection ........... 11-17Brake Fluid ......................... 9-27Brakes ............................... 9-27

System Warning Light ....... 4-17Braking ............................... 8-19Break-In, New Vehicle ............ 8-2Bulb Replacement ................ 9-31

Halogen Bulbs .................. 9-31Headlamp Aiming .............. 9-30Headlamps and Parking

Lamps ......................... 9-31License Plate Lamps ......... 9-34Replacement Bulbs ........... 9-35Taillamps ......................... 9-33

Buying New Tires ................. 9-54

CCalifornia Fuel ..................... 8-36California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements ....... 9-3California Proposition

65 Warning ........................ 9-3Canadian Owners ..................... ii

Capacities andSpecifications ................... 10-2

Carbon Monoxide ......... 8-16, 8-29Care, Safety Belts ................ 1-20Cargo Cover ......................... 3-4Cargo Management System .... 3-6Cargo Tie Downs ................... 3-6Cautions and Notices ............... iiiCD, MP3 .............................. 6-9Center Console Storage Area ... 3-2Chains, Tire ........................ 9-60Charging System Light .......... 4-16Check

Engine Lamp ................... 4-20Chemical Paint Spotting ........ 9-90Child Restraints

Child Restraint Systems ..... 1-41Infants and Young

Children ....................... 1-38Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children .................. 1-44Older Children .................. 1-36Securing .................. 1-50, 1-53Where to Put the

Restraint ...................... 1-43Cleaning

Exterior ........................... 9-86Interior ............................ 9-83Underbody Maintenance .... 9-90

Climate Control System .......... 7-1Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment .................. 7-4Outlet Adjustment ............... 7-3

Clock, Setting ........................ 6-2Clutch, Hydraulic .................. 9-17Collision Damage Repair ..... 12-11Compact Spare Tire ............. 9-70Content Theft-Deterrent ......... 2-10Control of a Vehicle .............. 8-18Coolant

Engine ............................ 9-18Engine

Temperature Gage ......... 4-19Cooling System ................... 9-18Cruise Control ....................... 4-4Cruise Control Light .............. 4-23Cupholders ........................... 3-1Customer Assistance

InformationCourtesy

Transportation ..... 12-4, 12-10Customer Assistance

Offices ......................... 12-4Customer Satisfaction

Procedure .................... 12-1

i-2 INDEX


Customer Assistance Information(cont.)

GM MobilityReimbursementProgram ....................... 12-5

Reporting Safety Defectsto General Motors ........ 12-16

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernment ................ 12-15

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernment ................ 12-15

Roadside AssistanceProgram ....................... 12-5

Service PublicationsOrdering Information ..... 12-16

DDaytime Running Lamp .......... 5-2Defensive Driving ................. 8-17Disc, MP3 ............................ 6-9Doing Your Own

Service Work ..................... 9-4Dome Lamps ........................ 5-3

DoorAjar Light ........................ 4-24Locks ............................... 2-6Power Door Locks .............. 2-7Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-7

Driver Storage Compartment .... 3-3Driving

At Night .......................... 8-26Before a Long Trip ............ 8-28Defensive ........................ 8-17Drunken .......................... 8-18Highway Hypnosis ............ 8-28Hill and Mountain Roads .... 8-28In Rain and on Wet

Roads ......................... 8-27Rocking Your Vehicle to

Get it Out .................... 8-31Winter ............................. 8-29

EEDR ................................. 12-17Electrical System

Add-On Equipment ............ 9-35Engine Compartment

Fuse Block ................... 9-39Fuses and Circuit

Breakers ...................... 9-36

Electrical System (cont.)Headlamp Wiring .............. 9-35Instrument Panel

Fuse Block ................... 9-36Power Windows and

Other Power Options ..... 9-36Windshield Wiper Fuses .... 9-36

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter ............... 9-12Check and Service Engine

Soon Lamp .................. 4-20Coolant ........................... 9-18Coolant Heater ................... 8-5Coolant

Temperature Gage ......... 4-19Cooling System

Inspection ................... 11-17Drive Belt Routing ............. 10-5Engine Compartment

Overview ....................... 9-6Exhaust ........................... 8-16Oil ................................... 9-9Overheating ..................... 9-22Starting ............................. 8-4

Entry Lighting ........................ 5-3Event Data Recorders ......... 12-17Extender, Safety Belt ............ 1-19Exterior Lamps ...................... 5-1

INDEX i-3


FFilter

Engine Air Cleaner ............ 9-12Finish Damage .................... 9-89Fixed Mast Antenna ............. 6-14Flashers, Hazard Warning ....... 4-3Flash-to-Pass ........................ 4-7Flat Tire .............................. 9-61Flat Tire, Changing ............... 9-62Flat Tire, Storing .................. 9-68Floor Mats ............................ 3-3Fluid

Automatic Transmission ..... 9-14Power Steering ................. 9-24Windshield Washer ........... 9-24

Fog LampFog .................................. 5-2

Fog Lamp Light ................... 4-23Folding Seatback, Passenger ... 1-4Fuel ................................... 8-36

Additives ......................... 8-37California Fuel .................. 8-36Filling a Portable Fuel

Container ..................... 8-40Filling the Tank ................. 8-38Fuels in Foreign

Countries ..................... 8-37Gage .............................. 4-24

Fuel (cont.)Gasoline Octane ............... 8-36Gasoline Specifications ...... 8-36Low Warning Light ............ 4-25System Inspection ........... 11-16

FusesEngine Compartment

Fuse Block ................... 9-39Fuses and Circuit

Breakers ...................... 9-36Instrument Panel Fuse

Block ........................... 9-36Windshield Wiper .............. 9-36

GGage

Engine CoolantTemperature ................. 4-19

Fuel ................................ 4-24Speedometer ................... 4-13Tachometer ...................... 4-13

GasolineOctane ............................ 8-36Specifications ................... 8-36

Glove Box ............................ 3-1GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program .......................... 12-5

HHazard Warning Flashers ........ 4-3Head Restraints ..................... 1-6Headlamp

Aiming ............................ 9-30Headlamp Wiring ................. 9-35Headlamps

Bulb Replacement ............. 9-31Daytime Running Lamp ....... 5-2Exterior Lamps ................... 5-1Flash-to-Pass ..................... 4-7Halogen Bulbs .................. 9-31Headlamps and Parking

Lamps ......................... 9-31High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-7

Heater ................................. 7-1Engine Coolant .................. 8-5

Height Adjuster, Seat .............. 1-2Highbeam On Light .............. 4-24Highway Hypnosis ................ 8-28Hill and Mountain Roads ....... 8-28Hood

Release ............................ 9-5Hooks .................................. 3-3Horn .................................... 4-3How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly .......................... 1-11Hydraulic Clutch ................... 9-17

i-4 INDEX


IIgnition Positions ................... 8-2Immobilizer ........................... 2-9Immobilizer Operation ............. 2-9Infants and Young Children,

Restraints ........................ 1-38Inflation - Tire Pressure ......... 9-47Inspection

Brake System ................. 11-17Engine Cooling System .... 11-17Exhaust System .............. 11-16Fuel System ................... 11-16Part C - Periodic

Maintenance ............... 11-16Steering, Suspension and

Front Drive Axle Bootand Seal .................... 11-16

Throttle System .............. 11-17Instrument Panel

Brightness ......................... 5-3Cluster ............................ 4-12Overview ........................... 4-2

JJump Starting ...................... 9-71

KKeyless Entry System ............ 2-3Keys .................................... 2-2

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall .......... 9-42Lamp

Malfunction Indicator ......... 4-20Lamps

Dome ............................... 5-3Reading ............................ 5-4

Lap-Shoulder Belt ................ 1-16LATCH System

Replacing Parts After aCrash .......................... 1-49

LATCH System for ChildRestraints ........................ 1-44

License Plate Lamps ............ 9-34Liftgate

Carbon Monoxide ............... 2-8Light

Airbag Readiness ............. 4-14Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning .............. 4-18Brake System Warning ...... 4-17Charging System .............. 4-16

Light (cont.)Cruise Control .................. 4-23Door Ajar ......................... 4-24Fog Lamp ........................ 4-23Highbeam On ................... 4-24Lights On Reminder .......... 4-23Low Fuel Warning ............. 4-25Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light ............... 4-18Low Washer Fluid

Warning ....................... 4-23Oil Pressure ..................... 4-22Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator ....................... 4-15Safety Belt Reminders ....... 4-14Security ........................... 4-22Service All-Wheel-Drive ...... 4-24Speed Sensitive Power

Steering (SSPS)Warning Light ............... 4-18

StabiliTrak® Indicator ......... 4-19Taillamp Indicator .............. 4-23TCS Warning Light ........... 4-19Traction Control System

(TCS) Warning .............. 4-19Lighting

Entry ................................ 5-3

INDEX i-5


LightsExterior Lamps ................... 5-1Flash-to-Pass ..................... 4-7High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-7

Loading Your Vehicle ............ 8-32Locks

Door ................................. 2-6Power Door ....................... 2-7Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-7

Loss of Control .................... 8-25Low Fuel Warning Light ........ 4-25Low Washer Fluid Warning

Light ............................... 4-23Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children ...................... 1-44Luggage Carrier .................... 3-2

MMaintenance Schedule

At Each Fuel Fill ............. 11-12At Least Once a Month ... 11-13At Least Once a Year ...... 11-13At Least Twice a Year ..... 11-13Brake System

Inspection ................... 11-17Engine Cooling System

Inspection ................... 11-17

Maintenance Schedule (cont.)Exhaust System

Inspection ................... 11-16Fuel System Inspection .... 11-16How This Section is

Organized .................... 11-2Introduction ...................... 11-1Maintenance Replacement

Parts ........................... 10-4Maintenance

Requirements ............... 11-2Part A - Scheduled

Maintenance Services .... 11-3Part B - Owner Checks

and Services ............... 11-12Part C - Periodic

MaintenanceInspections ................. 11-16

Part D - RecommendedFluids and Lubricants ... 11-18

Part E - MaintenanceRecord ....................... 11-20

Scheduled Maintenance ..... 11-4Steering, Suspension and

Front Drive Axle Bootand Seal Inspection ..... 11-16

Maintenance Schedule (cont.)Throttle System

Inspection ................... 11-17Using .............................. 11-3Your Vehicle and the

Environment ................. 11-2Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 4-20Manual Seats ........................ 1-2Manual Transmission

Fluid ............................... 9-16Operation ........................ 8-11

MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror ..... 2-13Outside Power Mirrors ....... 2-14

MP3 .................................... 6-9MyGMLink.com .................... 12-3

NNavigation System,

Privacy .......................... 12-18New Vehicle Break-In ............. 8-2Notices and Cautions ............... iiiNotification

Service Airbag Message .... 4-16

i-6 INDEX


OOdometer ........................... 4-13Odometers, Trip ................... 4-13Off-Road Recovery ............... 8-24Oil

Engine .............................. 9-9Pressure Light .................. 4-22

Older Children, Restraints ...... 1-36Online Owner Center ............ 12-3OnStar, Privacy .................. 12-18OnStar® System, see

OnStar® Manual ............... 4-25Outlet Adjustment .................. 7-3Outlets

Accessory Power ................ 4-9Outside

Power Mirrors .................. 2-14Overhead Console ................. 3-2Owner Checks, Service .......... 9-5Owners, Canadian .................... ii

PPaint, Damage ..................... 9-89Park

Shifting Into ..................... 8-13Shifting Out of .................. 8-14

Park Brake .......................... 8-12

ParkingOver Things That Burn ...... 8-16

Parking Your Vehicle ............ 8-15Part A - Scheduled

Maintenance Services ........ 11-3Part B - Owner Checks

and Services .................. 11-12Part C - Periodic Maintenance

Inspections ..................... 11-16Part D - Recommended

Fluids and Lubricants ...... 11-18Part E - Maintenance

Record .......................... 11-20Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator .......................... 4-15Passenger Compartment

Air Filter ............................ 7-4Passenger Sensing System ... 1-28Passing .............................. 8-25Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California ...... 9-3Power

Door Locks ........................ 2-7Electrical System .............. 9-36Outlet 115 Volt Alternating

Current ........................ 4-10Retained Accessory ............ 8-4Steering Fluid ................... 9-24Windows ......................... 2-12

Pressure Cap ...................... 9-22Privacy ............................. 12-17

Event Data Recorders ..... 12-17Navigation System .......... 12-18OnStar .......................... 12-18Radio Frequency

Identification ................ 12-18

RRadio Frequency Identification

(RFID), Privacy ............... 12-18Radio(s) ............................... 6-3Radios

Reception ........................ 6-14Setting the Clock ................ 6-2

Reading Lamps ..................... 5-4Rear Door Security Locks ....... 2-7Rear Seat Operation .............. 1-7Rear Windshield Washer/

Wiper ............................... 4-8Rearview Mirrors .................. 2-13Reclining Seatbacks ............... 1-3Recreational Vehicle Towing ... 9-75Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System ............................. 2-3Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System, Operation .............. 2-4

INDEX i-7


Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire ..... 9-64

Removing the Spare Tireand Tools ........................ 9-63

Replacement Bulbs .............. 9-35Replacement Parts,

Maintenance .................... 10-4Replacing LATCH System

Parts After a Crash ........... 1-49Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government ..... 12-15General Motors ............... 12-16United States

Government ................ 12-15Restraint System Check

Replacing Airbag SystemParts After a Crash ........ 1-35

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts After aCrash .......................... 1-20

Retained Accessory Power ...... 8-4Roadside

Assistance Program .......... 12-5Rocking Your Vehicle to

Get it Out ........................ 8-31Routing, Engine Drive Belt .... 10-5Running the Vehicle While

Parked ............................ 8-17

SSafety Belt Reminders .......... 4-14Safety Belts .......................... 1-8

Care of ........................... 1-20Check ............................. 1-20How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly ....................... 1-11Lap-Shoulder Belt ............. 1-16Replacing Parts After a

Crash .......................... 1-20Safety Belt Extender ......... 1-19Safety Belt Use During

Pregnancy .................... 1-19Scheduled Maintenance ........ 11-4Seatback, Folding Passenger ... 1-4Seats

Head Restraints ................. 1-6Height Adjuster .................. 1-2Passenger Folding

Seatback ....................... 1-4Rear Seat Operation ........... 1-7Reclining Seatbacks ............ 1-3

Securing ChildRestraints ................ 1-50, 1-53

Security Light ...................... 4-22

Service ................................ 9-2Accessories and

Modifications .................. 9-3Adding Equipment to the

Outside of the Vehicle ..... 9-4All-Wheel-Drive Light ......... 4-24California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements .... 9-3California Proposition

65 Warning .................... 9-3Doing Your Own Work ........ 9-4Engine Soon Lamp ........... 4-20Owner Checks ................... 9-5Publications Ordering

Information ................. 12-16Service Airbag Notification

System Message .............. 4-16Service, Scheduling

Appointments ................... 12-8Servicing Your

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-33Setting the Clock ................... 6-2Sheet Metal Damage ............ 9-89Shifting Into Park ................. 8-13Shifting Out of Park .............. 8-14Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change ..................... 4-7

i-8 INDEX


Spare TireCompact ......................... 9-70Installing .......................... 9-64Removing ........................ 9-63Storing ............................ 9-68

Specifications, Capacities ...... 10-2Speed Sensitive Power

Steering (SSPS)Warning Light ................... 4-18

Speedometer ....................... 4-13StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ..... 4-19Stabilitrak® System ............... 8-22Starting the Engine ................ 8-4Steering .............................. 8-23Steering, Suspension and

Front Drive Axle Boot andSeal Inspection ............... 11-16

Steering Wheel Controls,Audio .............................. 6-13

Steering Wheel, Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4Storage Areas

Cargo ManagementSystem .......................... 3-6

Center ConsoleStorage Area .................. 3-2

Cupholders ........................ 3-1Driver Storage

Compartment .................. 3-3Glove Box ......................... 3-1

Storage Areas (cont.)Luggage Carrier ................. 3-2Overhead Console .............. 3-2

Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, orSnow .............................. 8-31

Sun Visors .......................... 2-13Sunroof .............................. 2-14

TTachometer ......................... 4-13Taillamp Indicator Light ......... 4-23Taillamps ............................ 9-33TCS Warning Light ............... 4-19Theft-Deterrent Systems ......... 2-9

Content Theft-Deterrent ..... 2-10Immobilizer ........................ 2-9Immobilizer Operation ......... 2-9

Throttle System Inspection ... 11-17Tilt Wheel ............................. 4-4Time, Setting ......................... 6-2Tires .................................. 9-41

Buying New Tires ............. 9-54Chains ............................ 9-60Changing a Flat Tire ......... 9-62Compact Spare Tire .......... 9-70Different Size ................... 9-56

Tires (cont.)If a Tire Goes Flat ............ 9-61Inflation - Tire Pressure ..... 9-47Inspection and Rotation ..... 9-53Installing the Spare Tire ..... 9-64Pressure Monitor

Operation ..................... 9-50Pressure Monitor System ... 9-48Removing the Flat Tire ...... 9-64Removing the Spare Tire

and Tools ..................... 9-63Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

and Tools ..................... 9-68Tire Sidewall Labeling ....... 9-42Tire Terminology and

Definitions .................... 9-44Uniform Tire Quality

Grading ....................... 9-56Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance ....................... 9-58Wheel Replacement .......... 9-59When It Is Time for

New Tires .................... 9-54Towing

Recreational Vehicle .......... 9-75Towing a Trailer ................ 9-77Your Vehicle ..................... 9-75

INDEX i-9


TractionControl System (TCS) ....... 8-21Control System Warning

Light ............................ 4-19Stabilitrak® System ........... 8-22

TransmissionFluid, Automatic ................ 9-14Fluid, Manual ................... 9-16

Transmission Operation,Automatic ................... 8-6, 8-8

Transmission Operation,Manual ............................ 8-11

Trip Odometers .................... 4-13Turn and Lane-Change

Signals ............................. 4-7Turn Signal/Multifunction

Lever ................................ 4-4

UUniform Tire Quality

Grading ........................... 9-56

VVehicle

Control ............................ 8-18Loading ........................... 8-32Parking Your .................... 8-15Running While Parked ....... 8-17

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy .......................... 12-17

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) ................... 10-1Service Parts Identification

Label ........................... 10-1Ventilation Adjustment ............. 7-3Visors ................................. 2-13

WWarning Lights, Gages and

Indicators ........................ 4-11Warnings

Hazard Warning Flashers .... 4-3Washer Fluid, Low Warning

Light ............................... 4-23Wheels

Alignment andTire Balance ................. 9-58

Different Size ................... 9-56Replacement .................... 9-59

Where to Put the Restraint .... 1-43Windows ............................. 2-12

Power ............................. 2-12Windshield

Washer ............................. 4-8Washer Fluid .................... 9-24Wiper Blade

Replacement ................ 9-25Wiper Fuses .................... 9-36Wipers .............................. 4-7

Windshield, Rear Washer/Wiper ............................... 4-8

Winter Driving ...................... 8-29

XXM Radio Messages ............ 6-12XM™ Satellite Radio

Antenna System ............... 6-14

YYour Vehicle and the

Environment ..................... 11-2

i-10 INDEX


Documents

2009 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual M - GenVibe and Restraints Front Seats Manual Seats1-2 Seat Height Adjuster1-2 Reclining Seatbacks1-3 Passenger Folding Seatback1-4 Head Restraints1-6